USH789H - Method for processing a silver halide photographic material - Google Patents
Method for processing a silver halide photographic material Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- USH789H USH789H US07/180,874 US18087488A USH789H US H789 H USH789 H US H789H US 18087488 A US18087488 A US 18087488A US H789 H USH789 H US H789H
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- light
- silver
- sensitive material
- coupler
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- -1 silver halide Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 254
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 191
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 117
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims abstract description 114
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 114
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 74
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 109
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 90
- 229910021612 Silver iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 50
- ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver bromoiodide Chemical compound [Ag].IBr ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 229940045105 silver iodide Drugs 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- RTUHUYACXLFWGS-UHFFFAOYSA-I [Fe+6].[O-]C(=O)CN(CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O Chemical group [Fe+6].[O-]C(=O)CN(CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O RTUHUYACXLFWGS-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical class [H]N([H])* 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 174
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 154
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 65
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 65
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 65
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 65
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 65
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 56
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 55
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 49
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 45
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 30
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 20
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 18
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Inorganic materials [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 15
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 14
- VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe3+ Chemical compound [Fe+3] VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 13
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 12
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 10
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 8
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 8
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 8
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 8
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 7
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L thiosulfate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S([S-])(=O)=O DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dihydropyrazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CC=NN1 ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 101001047650 Rhyparobia maderae Leucokinin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 5
- 230000033116 oxidation-reduction process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000004149 thio group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 5
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UOMQUZPKALKDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetate;iron(3+) Chemical compound [Fe+3].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UOMQUZPKALKDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminophenol Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1O CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- PLIKAWJENQZMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophenol Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PLIKAWJENQZMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UWSMKYBKUPAEJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Chloro-2-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC(N2N=C3C=C(Cl)C=CC3=N2)=C1O UWSMKYBKUPAEJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZAMASFSDWVSMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-[3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy-2-methylphenyl]methyl]-1,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C=1C=C(CC2C(NC(=O)S2)=O)C(C)=CC=1OC1=NC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1Cl ZAMASFSDWVSMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical class CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium bromide Chemical compound [NH4+].[Br-] SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiosulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 229910001447 ferric ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 159000000011 group IA salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 150000002541 isothioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HNQIVZYLYMDVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonimidic acid Chemical group CS(N)(=O)=O HNQIVZYLYMDVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000005070 ripening Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical group O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000003548 thiazolidines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 4
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XZXYQEHISUMZAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)methyl]-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C(CC=2C(=CC=C(C)C=2)O)=C1 XZXYQEHISUMZAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004182 2-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 101100501963 Caenorhabditis elegans exc-4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical compound [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940107816 ammonium iodide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- XNSQZBOCSSMHSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K azane;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetate;iron(3+) Chemical compound [NH4+].[Fe+3].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O XNSQZBOCSSMHSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005462 imide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonic acid group Chemical group P(O)(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003385 ring cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver bromide Chemical compound [Ag]Br ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBYRMPXUBGMOJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydropyrazol-3-one Chemical compound OC=1C=CNN=1 XBYRMPXUBGMOJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005208 1,4-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- MEKOFIRRDATTAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,5,8-tetramethyl-3,4-dihydrochromen-6-ol Chemical compound C1CC(C)(C)OC2=C1C(C)=C(O)C=C2C MEKOFIRRDATTAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCC2=C1 HBEDSQVIWPRPAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCZVLCXXYXIDDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]butanamide Chemical group CCC(C(N)=O)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C1C(C)(C)CC KCZVLCXXYXIDDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]propyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)C(C)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3,3-diamino-1,2,2-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclohexyl]acetic acid Chemical compound NC1(N)CCCC(CC(O)=O)(CC(O)=O)C1(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZTBMYHIYNGYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroacrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)=C SZTBMYHIYNGYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNWVKJZITPOKMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylaniline;sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.CC1=CC=CC=C1N RNWVKJZITPOKMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- KGIGUEBEKRSTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-vinylpyridine Chemical class C=CC1=CC=CC=N1 KGIGUEBEKRSTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical group CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical group NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100501966 Caenorhabditis elegans exc-6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZERHIULMFGESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenylacetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 FZERHIULMFGESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910021607 Silver chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].BrCl Chemical compound [Ag].BrCl SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RXBHCIBQKIAYOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M [Na+].OS([O-])=O.OP(O)(O)=O Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O.OP(O)(O)=O RXBHCIBQKIAYOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 150000001253 acrylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001716 anti-fugal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001231 benzoyloxy group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005282 brightening Methods 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005521 carbonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCC DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOCTUWSJJQCPFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichromate(2-) Chemical compound [O-][Cr](=O)(=O)O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O SOCTUWSJJQCPFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012990 dithiocarbamate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007720 emulsion polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical class [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006343 heptafluoro propyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Natural products SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000378 hydroxylammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iminodiacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC(O)=O NBZBKCUXIYYUSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002667 nucleating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000538 pentafluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(*)C(F)=C1F 0.000 description 2
- CMCWWLVWPDLCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenidone Chemical compound N1C(=O)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 CMCWWLVWPDLCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoformic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)P(O)(O)=O ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005543 phthalimide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VKDSBABHIXQFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;4-hydroxy-3-sulfophenolate Chemical compound [K+].OC1=CC=C(O)C(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 VKDSBABHIXQFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-M propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CCCS([O-])(=O)=O KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Ag+] HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VWDWKYIASSYTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium nitrate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O VWDWKYIASSYTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamide Chemical group NS(N)(=O)=O NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005987 sulfurization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003556 thioamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BYGOPQKDHGXNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripotassium;iron(3+);hexacyanide Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[Fe+3].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-] BYGOPQKDHGXNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- TXUICONDJPYNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1,10,13-trimethyl-3-oxo-4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl) heptanoate Chemical compound C1CC2CC(=O)C=C(C)C2(C)C2C1C1CCC(OC(=O)CCCCCC)C1(C)CC2 TXUICONDJPYNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHPBZFOKBAGZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2,4-trimethylpentyl) 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)COC(=O)C(C)=C JHPBZFOKBAGZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005206 1,2-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TXVWTOBHDDIASC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenylethene-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(N)=C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 TXVWTOBHDDIASC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-thiazole 1-oxide Chemical class O=S1C=CC=N1 JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical class C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVJMVWURCUYFFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran-6-ol Chemical class OC1=CC=C2C=COC2=C1 UVJMVWURCUYFFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTXVSDKCUJCCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxyindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)C=CC2=C1 PTXVSDKCUJCCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZFYKDNCOQBBOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylbut-3-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFYKDNCOQBBOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFBBKYQYNPNMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2,4-triazol-1-ium-3-thiolate Chemical compound SC=1N=CNN=1 AFBBKYQYNPNMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRKYWOKHZRQRJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide Chemical group NC(=O)C(F)(F)F NRKYWOKHZRQRJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004201 2,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- CLDZVCMRASJQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-bis(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC(O)=C(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C=C1O CLDZVCMRASJQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XISKBTKJVIDYLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-di(octan-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)C1=CC(O)=C(C(C)CCCCCC)C=C1O XISKBTKJVIDYLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEAFUQPBEBWVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-chlorophenoxy)tetradecanamide Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCC(C(N)=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1Cl PEAFUQPBEBWVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFVJCMFQEOHVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-pentadecylphenoxy)butanamide Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(OC(CC)C(N)=O)=C1 YFVJCMFQEOHVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-phenylmethoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CSC(C=2C=C(OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)C=CC=2)=N1 OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-amino-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXHVQMGINBSVAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-tert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)=C1 WXHVQMGINBSVAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEVQZPWSVWZAOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(bromomethyl)-1-iodo-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(I)C(CBr)=C1 YEVQZPWSVWZAOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGQGOXZBIBLREG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-bis(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)phenoxy]octanamide Chemical group CCCCCCC(C(N)=O)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C=C1C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C KGQGOXZBIBLREG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGVFYVXMBGSVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetamide Chemical group CCC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(N)=O)C(C(C)(C)CC)=C1 RGVFYVXMBGSVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGDUBELYUXLBTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]hexanamide Chemical group CCCCC(C(N)=O)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C1C(C)(C)CC HGDUBELYUXLBTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethylsulfanyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCSCCSCCO PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWTGRKADBCLOHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethylsulfanyl]ethanol 4-N-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.CNc1ccc(N)cc1.OCCSCCSCCO KWTGRKADBCLOHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWPOYUUTJSYHHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[[2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl]amino]phenoxy]butanamide Chemical group CCC(C(N)=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=O)COC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C1C(C)(C)CC LWPOYUUTJSYHHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHHGTMLHFCJTHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]butyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)C(C)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O YHHGTMLHFCJTHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYMDDFRYORANCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]-2-hydroxypropyl]-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O WYMDDFRYORANCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWSGEVNYFYKXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[carboxymethyl(methyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(C)CC(O)=O XWSGEVNYFYKXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEDLEBCVFZMHBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1N FEDLEBCVFZMHBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNZCDZDLTIHJAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumylethylazanium;sulfate Chemical compound NCC[NH3+].OS([O-])(=O)=O BNZCDZDLTIHJAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWZOJDWOQYTACD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenylsulfonyl-n-[2-[(2-ethenylsulfonylacetyl)amino]ethyl]acetamide Chemical compound C=CS(=O)(=O)CC(=O)NCCNC(=O)CS(=O)(=O)C=C QWZOJDWOQYTACD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDBFAFZVOYRMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl [2-(3-hexadecoxyphenyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazol-5-yl] carbonate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC1=CC=CC(N2N=C(OC(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC)CC2)=C1 NDBFAFZVOYRMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFZQJAHBHYRHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1,3,2$l^{5}-dioxaphosphinane 2-oxide Chemical compound OP1(=O)OCCCO1 FFZQJAHBHYRHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOXDGMSQFFMNHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzenesulfonamide Chemical class NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O MOXDGMSQFFMNHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004204 2-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BSJQLOWJGYMBFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=C(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C=C1O BSJQLOWJGYMBFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)C=C CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 AGBXYHCHUYARJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZAWQXWZJKKICSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-dimethyl-2-methylidenebutanamide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=C)C(N)=O ZAWQXWZJKKICSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- CAAMSDWKXXPUJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CNC=N1 CAAMSDWKXXPUJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOCYAQJWNUPDKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]butanoylamino]benzamide Chemical group C=1C=CC(C(N)=O)=CC=1NC(=O)C(CC)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C1C(C)(C)CC FOCYAQJWNUPDKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWYJDIUEHHCHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[bis(2-carboxyethyl)amino]ethyl-(2-carboxyethyl)amino]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCN(CCC(O)=O)CCN(CCC(O)=O)CCC(O)=O KWYJDIUEHHCHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRVGPUXWHKDSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[2-[2,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl]amino]benzamide Chemical group CCC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC)=CC=C1OCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC(C(N)=O)=C1 ZRVGPUXWHKDSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFSGDXIBUDDKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-decyl-2-hydroxycyclopent-2-en-1-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC1=C(O)C(=O)CC1 FPFSGDXIBUDDKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRZDIHADHZSFBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-oxo-n,3-diphenylpropanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XRZDIHADHZSFBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVEPKNMOJLPFCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxo-n-phenylpentanamide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XVEPKNMOJLPFCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWSHJEUFWBTCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)benzenesulfonic acid Chemical class CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 CWSHJEUFWBTCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNBNBTIDJSKEAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[7-hydroxy-2-[5-[5-[6-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,5-dimethyloxan-2-yl]-3-methyloxolan-2-yl]-5-methyloxolan-2-yl]-2,8-dimethyl-1,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-9-yl]-2-methyl-3-propanoyloxypentanoic acid Chemical compound C1C(O)C(C)C(C(C)C(OC(=O)CC)C(C)C(O)=O)OC11OC(C)(C2OC(C)(CC2)C2C(CC(O2)C2C(CC(C)C(O)(CO)O2)C)C)CC1 ZNBNBTIDJSKEAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDGMAACKJSBLMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-2-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC(N)=CC=C1O HDGMAACKJSBLMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- 125000004801 4-cyanophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(C#N)=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- KFDVPJUYSDEJTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethenylpyridine Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=NC=C1 KFDVPJUYSDEJTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000590 4-methylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XBTWVJKPQPQTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n,4-n-diethyl-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 XBTWVJKPQPQTDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFAJEKUNEVVYCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-ethyl-4-n-(2-methoxyethyl)-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound COCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 FFAJEKUNEVVYCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003341 7 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100177155 Arabidopsis thaliana HAC1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFLSZNSCXBPYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(C(C)N(CC(=O)[O-])CC(=O)[O-])N(CC(=O)[O-])CC(=O)[O-].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+] Chemical compound C(C(C)N(CC(=O)[O-])CC(=O)[O-])N(CC(=O)[O-])CC(=O)[O-].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+] MFLSZNSCXBPYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSGQJHQYWJLPKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CITRAZINIC ACID Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1C=C(O)NC(=O)C=1 CSGQJHQYWJLPKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- SPHJJAUTAJVOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ClC=1C(=NN2N=C(NC21)C(CNS(=O)(=O)C=2C(=CCC(C2)(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)OC(C)CCCCCC)OCCCCCCCC)C)C Chemical compound ClC=1C(=NN2N=C(NC21)C(CNS(=O)(=O)C=2C(=CCC(C2)(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)OC(C)CCCCCC)OCCCCCCCC)C)C SPHJJAUTAJVOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diammonium sulfite Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])=O PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(O)(C)P(O)(O)=O DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005955 Ferric phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical group C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylacrylonitrile Chemical compound CC(=C)C#N GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006957 Michael reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical group C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100434170 Oryza sativa subsp. japonica ACR2.1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100434171 Oryza sativa subsp. japonica ACR2.2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical group C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNOFFAZUCPIOBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M S(=O)([O-])O.[Na+].C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O Chemical compound S(=O)([O-])O.[Na+].C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O.C(C)(=O)O FNOFFAZUCPIOBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101150108015 STR6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100386054 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) CYS3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N TOTP Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1OP(=O)(OC=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001061127 Thione Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910021626 Tin(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HOLVRJRSWZOAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].ICl Chemical compound [Ag].ICl HOLVRJRSWZOAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Nitrilotris(methylene)]trisphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)(O)=O)CP(O)(O)=O YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001413 acetanilide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NLTSCOZQKALPGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CC(O)=O NLTSCOZQKALPGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCNBTJXCJYBNOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;propane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(N)CN JCNBTJXCJYBNOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003868 ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiocyanate Chemical compound [NH4+].[S-]C#N SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003289 ascorbyl group Chemical class [H]O[C@@]([H])(C([H])([H])O*)[C@@]1([H])OC(=O)C(O*)=C1O* 0.000 description 1
- VTYVIFFJJXAHTG-UHFFFAOYSA-M azanium;sodium;dioxido-oxo-sulfanylidene-$l^{6}-sulfane Chemical compound [NH4+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S VTYVIFFJJXAHTG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-IDEBNGHGSA-N benzenesulfonamide Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)[13C]1=[13CH][13CH]=[13CH][13CH]=[13CH]1 KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-IDEBNGHGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzimidazol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(=O)N=C21 MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001556 benzimidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001622 bismuth compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- MOOAHMCRPCTRLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron sodium Chemical compound [B].[Na] MOOAHMCRPCTRLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006630 butoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001661 cadmium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamodithioic acid Chemical compound NC(S)=S DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000298 carbocyanine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KPMVHELZNRNSMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1985849 Chemical compound N1=CC=C2NCCN21 KPMVHELZNRNSMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- DHNRXBZYEKSXIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethylisothiazolinone Chemical compound CN1SC(Cl)=CC1=O DHNRXBZYEKSXIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+) Chemical compound [Cr+6] JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N citraconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C\C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940018557 citraconic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001177 diphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- FGRVOLIFQGXPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;dioxido-oxo-sulfanylidene-$l^{6}-sulfane Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S FGRVOLIFQGXPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- SRPOMGSPELCIGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N disulfino carbonate Chemical compound OS(=O)OC(=O)OS(O)=O SRPOMGSPELCIGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004659 dithiocarbamates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GLVVKKSPKXTQRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC=C GLVVKKSPKXTQRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC=C UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006627 ethoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229940071106 ethylenediaminetetraacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002413 ferric citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940032958 ferric phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 229960005102 foscarnet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CRPAPNNHNVVYKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecane-1-sulfonamide Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCS(N)(=O)=O CRPAPNNHNVVYKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QNXSIUBBGPHDDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N indan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CCC2=C1 QNXSIUBBGPHDDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- CBEQRNSPHCCXSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine monobromide Chemical compound IBr CBEQRNSPHCCXSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002503 iridium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014413 iron hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000014 iron salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(3+) phosphate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H iron(3+) sulfate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- NPFOYSMITVOQOS-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(III) citrate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NPFOYSMITVOQOS-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000399 iron(III) phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000360 iron(III) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NCNCGGDMXMBVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Fe+2] NCNCGGDMXMBVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HZVPJXOQDCOJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazolin-5-one Chemical compound O=C1C=CNO1 HZVPJXOQDCOJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005948 methanesulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006518 morpholino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(C(*)=O)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZIUHHBKFKCYYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-methylenebisacrylamide Chemical compound C=CC(=O)NCNC(=O)C=C ZIUHHBKFKCYYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMPSKISLXHRVAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-amino-4-chlorophenyl)tetradecanamide Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(N)=C1 DMPSKISLXHRVAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPKFETRYYSUTEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(4-amino-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino)ethyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 NPKFETRYYSUTEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)C=C YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012149 noodles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ANISOHQJBAQUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C ANISOHQJBAQUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Os]=O XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LQPLDXQVILYOOL-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentasodium;2-[bis[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(=O)[O-])CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O LQPLDXQVILYOOL-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidic acid Chemical compound NP(O)(O)=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QWYZFXLSWMXLDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M pinacyanol iodide Chemical compound [I-].C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CC)C1=CC=CC1=CC=C(C=CC=C2)C2=[N+]1CC QWYZFXLSWMXLDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XIPFMBOWZXULIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalamide Chemical group CC(C)(C)C(N)=O XIPFMBOWZXULIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000120 polyethyl acrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TYKMLHRZBCGNLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;pyrazolidin-3-one;bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-].O=C1CCNN1 TYKMLHRZBCGNLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound C=CCC1=CC=CC=C1 HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNXMTCDJUBJHQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C=C PNXMTCDJUBJHQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004742 propyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MCSKRVKAXABJLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolo[3,4-d]triazole Chemical compound N1=NN=C2N=NC=C21 MCSKRVKAXABJLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyrazole Chemical compound N1=NC2=CC=NC2=C1 GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003283 rhodium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007761 roller coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RHUVFRWZKMEWNS-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver thiocyanate Chemical compound [Ag+].[S-]C#N RHUVFRWZKMEWNS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000011083 sodium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NVIFVTYDZMXWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium metaborate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]B=O NVIFVTYDZMXWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004317 sodium nitrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010344 sodium nitrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DZCAZXAJPZCSCU-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium nitrilotriacetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O DZCAZXAJPZCSCU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004328 sodium tetraborate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001119 stannous chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011150 stannous chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150035983 str1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.5]decane-7-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCCC11CNCC1 ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVEWQPBJZAWCCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraazanium cyclohexane-1,1-diamine tetraacetate Chemical compound C(C)(=O)[O-].C(C)(=O)[O-].C(C)(=O)[O-].C(C)(=O)[O-].C1(CCCCC1)(N)N.[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+] HVEWQPBJZAWCCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003475 thallium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WJCNZQLZVWNLKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiabendazole Chemical compound S1C=NC(C=2NC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)=C1 WJCNZQLZVWNLKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004308 thiabendazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010296 thiabendazole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004546 thiabendazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NYERMPLPURRVGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazepine Chemical group S1C=CC=CC=N1 NYERMPLPURRVGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010215 titanium dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical class CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005147 toluenesulfonyl group Chemical group C=1(C(=CC=CC1)S(=O)(=O)*)C 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- ZOPCDOGRWDSSDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trinonyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCOP(=O)(OCCCCCCCCC)OCCCCCCCCC ZOPCDOGRWDSSDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- SOBHUZYZLFQYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;hydroxy-[[phosphonatomethyl(phosphonomethyl)amino]methyl]phosphinate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)([O-])=O)CP([O-])([O-])=O SOBHUZYZLFQYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- ASTWEMOBIXQPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;phosphate;dodecahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O ASTWEMOBIXQPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003313 weakening effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03C—PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES; PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
- G03C7/00—Multicolour photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents; Photosensitive materials for multicolour processes
- G03C7/30—Colour processes using colour-coupling substances; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
- G03C7/44—Regeneration; Replenishers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method for processing (hereinafter referred to as "processing") an exposed silver halide color photographic material (hereinafter referred to as "color light-sensitive material”). More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for rapidly processing a color light-sensitive material having an improved desilvering capability.
- the processing of a color light-sensitive material essentially consists of a color developing step and a desilvering step.
- the color developing step silver halide which has been exposed to light is reduced by a color developing agent to produce silver.
- the color developing agent which as been oxidized reacts with a color forming agent (coupler) to provide color images.
- the silver thus produced is oxidized by a bleaching agent in a subsequent desilvering step and then acted on by a fixing agent to become a soluble silver complex which is then dissolved and removed.
- the practical developing process comprises various auxiliary steps besides the above described basic steps in order to maintain photographic and physical qualities of the images or improve the preservability of the images.
- auxiliary steps include a hardening step, a stopping step, an image stabilizing step, and a washing step.
- bleaching agents there have generally been known red prussiate, bichromate, ferric chloride, ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex, and persulfate.
- red prussiate and bichromate have a disadvantage in that these salts can give cyanide or hexavalent chromium pollution and thus require a special treatment facility.
- Ferric chloride has a disadvantage in that it produces iron hydroxide or stain at the subsequent washing process, thereby impeding the practical use thereof.
- Persulfate has a disadvantage in that it requires a remarkably long period of time to finish bleaching due to its very weak bleaching effect.
- Ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salts (particularly ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate complex salts) have less pollution problems and no storage problem as for persulfate and are therefore most widely put into practical use as bleaching agents.
- ferric aminopolycarboxylate has a sufficient bleaching capability.
- the processing is conducted with a reduced amount of replenisher of the processing solutions (i.e., bleaching solution, blixing solution and/or fixing solution) to be used in the desilvering of the silver halide color photographic material
- a reduced amount of replenisher of the processing solutions i.e., bleaching solution, blixing solution and/or fixing solution
- silver halide eluted from the light-sensitive material is accumulated in a high concentration as a silver complex in these processing solutions. This causes more precipitate to be produced or reduces the activity of the processing solutions, further weakening the bleaching power thereof.
- a reduction in the amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering process causes many difficulties.
- bleaching agents those showing a bleach accelerating effect are present.
- those bleaching accelerators leave much to be desired in practicality. For example, some bleaching accelerators are expensive or have insufficient stability in a bath having a bleaching capability.
- the light-sensitive material is processed in a bleaching bath, blixing bath, or prebath thereof containing these various bleaching accelerators, and these bleaching accelerators are compounds containing mercapto groups
- these mercapto compounds produce a sparingly soluble silver salt with unexposed silver halide or silver halide produced by the bleaching reaction in the emulsion layer of the light-sensitive material.
- Such a sparingly soluble silver salt cannot be solubilized by a fixing agent, possibly causing poor fixation.
- the inventors have found that the reduction of the amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering process causes more silver ions to be accumulated in the desilvering bath, and these silver ions form a sparingly soluble silver salt with the mercapto compound, further reducing the bleach accelerating effect to an insufficient level.
- the inventors have also found that the presence of iodide ions in the desilvering solution promotes such a reaction.
- the above described mercapto compounds include those which react with sulfite ions in the processing solution to undergo decomposition (Sulfur Dioxide, L. C. Schroeter, Pergamon Press (1966)).
- the ordinary blixing solution comprising a thiosulfate as a fixing agent contains a sulfite in combination. Therefore, such a mercapto compound is susceptible to decomposition in the blixing solution.
- One object of the present invention is to provide a method for processing a silver halide color photographic material which enables rapid desilvering even with a reduced amount of replenisher of a desilvering solution.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for processing a color light-sensitive material which is excellent in the blixing capability, particularly in the fixing capability.
- a further object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which enables the stabilization of the blixing solution.
- Still another object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which causes fewer pollution problems.
- Still a further object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which cost less and is more practical than those currently available.
- a method for processing a silver halide color photographic material which comprises imagewise exposing a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material to light, color-developing the light-sensitive material, and then desilvering the light-sensitive material, wherein: (a) the silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to form a bleaching accelerator, (b) the desilvering step is conducted with at least a processing solution containing a ferric complex salt of an organic acid, and (c) the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering step satisfies either the following conditions (i) and (ii):
- the total amount of replenisher is 1,000 ml or less per m 2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m 2 of the light-sensitive material is 2.0 or more;
- the total amount of replenisher is 400 ml or less per m 2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m 2 of the light-sensitive material is less than 2.0 g.
- bleaching accelerator-releasing compound When a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to release a bleaching accelerator (hereinafter referred to as "bleaching accelerator-releasing compound") is contained in a light-sensitive material in accordance with the present invention, the result is surprising in that very rapid desilvering can be made to occur even under the above described conditions (i) or (ii) wherein a very small amount of the processing solution is replenished.
- a method for the processing of a silver halide color photographic material which comprises imagewise exposing the silver halide color photographic material to light, color-developing the silver halide color photographic material and then desilvering the light-sensitive material with a processing solution having a blixing capability, wherein the silver halide color photographic material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to release a bleaching accelerator, and the processing solution having a blixing capability contains preferably a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt having a molecular weight of 300 or more in the form of a free acid.
- Another method has been proposed which comprises washing a light-sensitive material containing such a bleaching accelerator-releasing compound after being color-developed, and then subjecting the light-sensitive material to blixing.
- this method has a disadvantage in that the bleaching accelerator is washed out from the light-sensitive material in the washing bath, thereby impeding the expected bleach accelerating effect.
- a bleaching accelerator is released in the vicinity of metal produced by development (hereinafter referred to as "developed silver") in an amount proportional to the amount of developed silver. Since such a bleaching accelerator is transferred to the subsequent desilvering process while being adsorbed by metal, it presumably prevents the reaction with silver ions and/or iodide compound ions which produces precipitates. Therefore, a light-sensitive material containing the present bleaching accelerator-releasing coupler which has been color-developed is preferably immediately processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability or a processing solution having a fixing capability and then with a processing solution having a blixing capability.
- the bleach accelerating effect is disadvantageously eliminated.
- the light-sensitive material which has been color-developed is preferably immediately processed with a processing solution having a salt concentration of 2 ⁇ 10 -3 mol/l or more, and then processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability.
- the condition (i) wherein the coated amount of silver per m 2 of the silver halide photographic material is 2.0 g or more (particularly from 2.0 to 20 g) can be applied to color negative film, color reversal film, color negative film for motion picture, color internegative film, etc.
- the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering of such light-sensitive materials can be remarkably reduced to 1,000 ml or less, and preferably from 100 to 700 ml, per m 2 of the light-sensitive material.
- the condition (ii) wherein the coated amount of silver per m 2 of the silver halide photographic material is less than 2.0 g (particularly from 0.3 to less than 2.0 g) can be applied to color paper, reversal color paper, automatic positive color paper, color positive paper for motion picture, etc.
- the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering of such light-sensitive materials can be remarkably reduced to 400 ml or less, preferably 300 ml or less, and particularly preferably from 50 to 300 ml, per m 2 of the light-sensitive material.
- the desilvering step as mentioned herein normally consists of one or a combination of two or three of processing with a processing solution having a bleaching capability (bleaching), processing with a processing solution having a blixing capability (blixing), and processing with a processing solution having a fixing capability (fixing).
- the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering means the replenished amount of the processing solution if the desilvering process consists of only one desilvering process as in the combination (3) or the total of the replenished amount of two or more desilvering solutions if the desilvering process consists of two or more desilvering steps as in the combinations (1), (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7).
- a preferred example of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the formula (I):
- a 0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L 0 ) p --Z 0 bond
- L 0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z 0
- Z 0 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A 0 --(L 0 )
- p represents an integer of 1 to 3, with the proviso that when p is a plural number, the plurality of L 0 may be the same or different.
- Another preferred example of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the formula (I'):
- a 1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b --Z 1 bond
- L 1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L 2 ) b --Z 1 bond
- Z 2 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z 1
- Z 1 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A 1 --(L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b
- a and b each represents an integer of 0 or 1.
- a 0 and A 1 particularly represent coupler residual groups or oxidation reduction groups.
- coupler residual groups represented by A 0 and A 1 known coupler residual groups can be used.
- coupler residual groups include yellow coupler residual groups such as open chain ketomethylene type coupler residual groups; magenta coupler residual groups such as the 5-pyrazolone type, pyrazoloimidazole type and pyrazolotriazole type coupler residual groups; cyan coupler residual groups such as the phenol type and naphthol type coupler residual groups; and colorless coupler residual groups such as the indanone type and acetophenone type coupler residual groups.
- coupler residual groups include heterocyclic coupler residual groups as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,315,070, 4,183,752, 3,961,959 and 4,171,223.
- Coupler residual groups represented by A 1 in the formula (I') include coupler residual groups represented by the following formulae (Cp-1), (Cp-2), (Cp-3), (Cp-4), (Cp-5), (Cp-6), (Cp-7), (Cp-8), (Cp-9) and (Cp-10). These couplers advantageously have a high coupling rate. ##STR1##
- the free bond stemming from the coupling position represents the position at which a coupling-off group is bonded to the coupler.
- R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 55 , R 56 , R 57 , R 58 , R 59 , R 60 , R 61 , R 62 or R 63 contains a nondiffusible group, it is selected such that the total number of carbon atoms contained therein is from 8 to 40, and preferably from 10 to 30, and if it contains no nondiffusible group, it is selected such that the total number of carbon atoms contained therein is preferably 15 or less.
- any one of the above described substitutents R 51 to R 63 represents a divalent group which connects repeating units.
- the total number of carbon atoms contained in the coupler may not be within the above specified limit.
- R 41 represents an aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic group.
- R 42 represents an aromatic or heterocyclic group.
- R 43 , R 44 and R 45 each represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group or a heterocyclic group.
- R 51 represents the same group as R 41 .
- R 52 and R 53 each represents the same group as R 42 .
- R 54 represents the same group as R 41 or represents an ##STR2## an R 41 S-- group, an R 43 O-- group, an ##STR3## or an N.tbd.C-- group.
- R 55 represents the same group as R 41 .
- R 56 and R 57 each represents the same group as R 43 or represents an R 41 S-- group, an R 43 O-- group, an ##STR4##
- R 58 represents the same group as R 41 .
- R 59 represents the same group as R 41 or represents as ##STR5## an R 41 O-- group, an R 41 S-- group, a halogen atom, or an ##STR6##
- the suffix d represents an integer of 0 to 3.
- the plurality of R 59 may be the same or different or may be divalent groups which connect each other to form a cyclic structure. Typical examples of such divalent groups include the following compounds: ##STR7## wherein f represents an integer of 0 to 4; and g represents an integer of 0 to 2.
- R 60 represents the same group as R 41 .
- R 61 represents the same group as R 41 .
- R 62 represents the same group as R 41 or represents an R 41 CONH-- group.
- R 62 represents the same group as R 41 or represents an R 41 OCONH-- group, an R 41 SO 2 NH-- group, an ##STR8## an R 43 O-- group, an R 41 S-- group, a halogen atom, or an ##STR9##
- R 63 represents the same group as R 41 or represents an ##STR10## an R 41 SO 2 -- group, an R 43 OCO-- group, an R 43 O--SO 2 -- group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group or an R 43 CO-- group.
- the suffix e represents an integer of 0 to 4. When there are a plurality of R 62 or R 63 , these may be the same or different.
- the aliphatic group is a saturated or unsaturated, chain or cyclic, straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group (having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms).
- Typical examples of such an aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-amino group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, a 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a hexadecyl group and an octadecyl group.
- the above described aromatic group is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the above described heterocyclic group is preferably a 3- to 5-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 7 carbon atoms) containing atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as hetero atoms.
- Typical examples of such a heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-chienyl group, a 2-furyl group, a 1-imidazolyl group, a 1indolyl group, a phthalimide group, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl group, a 2-quinolyl group, a 2,4-dioxo-1,3-imidazolidine-5-yl group, a 2,4-dioxo-1,3-imidazolidine-3-yl group, a succinimide group, a 1,2,4-triazole-2-yl group and a 1-pyrazolyl group.
- R 46 represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group
- R 47 , R 48 and R 49 each represents an aliphatic group, n aromatic group, a heterocyclic group or a hydrogen atom.
- the aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups have the same meanings as described above.
- R 51 to R 63 Preferred examples of R 51 to R 63 , and d and e will be described hereinafter.
- R 51 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
- R 52 , R 53 and R 55 each is preferably an aromatic group.
- R 54 is preferably an R 41 COHN-- group or an ##STR14##
- R 56 and R 57 each is preferably an aliphatic group, an R 41 O-- group or an R 41 S-- group.
- R 58 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
- R 59 is preferably a chlorine atom, an aliphatic group or an R 41 CONH-- group.
- the suffix d is preferably 1 or 2.
- R 60 is preferably an aromatic group.
- R 59 is preferably an R 41 CONH-- group.
- the suffix d is preferably 1.
- R 61 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
- R 62 is preferably an R 41 OCONH-- group, an R 41 CONH-- group or an R 41 SO 2 NH-- group. These substituents preferably substitute the hydrogen atom in the 5-position of the naphthol ring.
- R 63 is preferably an R 41 CONH-- group, an R 41 SO 2 NH-- group, an ##STR15## an R 41 SO 2 -- group, an ##STR16## a nitro group or a cyano group.
- R 63 is preferably an ##STR17## an R 43 CCO-- group or an R 43 CO-- group.
- R 51 examples include a t-butyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a phenyl group, a 3-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group and a methyl group.
- R 52 and R 53 examples include a 2-chloro-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-hexadecylsulfonamidophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-tetradecanamidophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-[4(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, a 2-methoxy-5-tetradecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-chloro-5-(1-ethoxycarbonylethoxycarbonyl)phenyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-chloro-5-octyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2,4-d
- R 54 examples include a 3-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]benzamide group, a 3-[4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butnamido]benzamide group, a 2-chloro-5-tetradecanamidoaniline group, a 5-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamido)benzamide group, a 2-chloro-5-dodecenylsuccinimidoanilino group, a 2-chloro-5-[2-(3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)tetradecanamido]anilino group, a 2,2-dimethylpropanamide group, a 2-(3-pentadecylphenoxy)butanamide group, a pyrrolidino group and an N,N-dibutylamino group.
- R 55 examples include a 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 2,5-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,3-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl group, a 4-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group and a 2,6-dichloro-4-methanesulfonylphenyl group.
- R 56 examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a 3-phenylureido group and a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group.
- R 57 examples include a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 3-[4- ⁇ 2-[4-(4-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl)phenoxy]tetradecanamido ⁇ phenyl]-propyl group, a methoxy group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a methyl group, a 1-methyl-2- ⁇ 2-octyloxy-5-[2-octyloxy-5-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenylsulfonamido]phenylsulfonamido ⁇ ethyl group, a 3-[4-(4-dodecyloxyphenylsulfonamido)phenyl]propyl group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-[2-octyloxy-5-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenylsulfonamido
- R 58 examples include a 2-chlorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a heptafluoropropyl group, a 1-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 2,4-di-t-amylmethyl group and a furyl group.
- R 59 examples include a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)-butanamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)hexanamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-octylphenoxy)octanamide group, a 2-(2-chlorophenoxy)tetradecanamide group, a 2-[4-(4-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl)phenoxy]phenoxy]tetradecanamide group and a 2-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamido)phenoxy]butanamide group.
- R 60 examples include a 4-cyanophenyl group, a 2-cyanophenyl group, a 4-butylsulfonylphenyl group, a 4-propylsulfonylphenyl group, a 4-chloro-3-cyanophenyl group, a 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl group and a 3,4-dichlorophenyl group.
- Example of R 61 include a dodecyl group, a hexadecyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butyl group, a 3-dodecyloxypropyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-methoxy-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group and a 1-naphthyl group.
- R 62 examples include an isobutyloxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a methanesulfonamide group, a benzamide group, a trifluoroacetamide group, a 3-phenylureido group, a butoxycarbonylamino group and an acetamide group.
- R 63 examples include a 2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)-butanamide group, a hexadecylsulfonamide group, an N-methyl-N-octadecylsulfamoyl group, an N,N-dioctylsulfamoyl group, a 4-t-octylbenzoyl group, a dodecyloxycarbonyl group, a chlorine atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an N-[4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butyl]carbamoyl group, an N-3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylsulfamoyl group, a methanesulfonyl group and a hexadecylsulfonyl group.
- a 0 in the formula (I) represents an oxidation reduction group
- the present compound is specifically represented by the formula (II):
- P and Q each independently represents an oxygen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted imino group; at least one of n number of X and Y represents a methine group containing --(L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b --Z 1 as a substituent and the other X and Y each represents a substituted or unsubstituted methine group or a nitrogen atom; n represents an integer of 1 to 3 (n number of X and Y may be the same or different); and A 11 and A 12 each represents a hydrogen atom or a group removable by an alkali.
- Any two substituents of P, X, Y, Q, A 11 and A 12 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
- (X ⁇ Y) n may form a benzene ring or a pyridine ring.
- P and Q each represents a substituted or unsubstituted imino group, they are each preferably an imino group substituted by a sulfonyl group or an acyl group.
- P and Q are each represented by the following formulae: ##STR18## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the imino group is bonded to A 11 or A 12 and the mark ** represents the position at which the imino group is bonded to one of the free bonds of --(X ⁇ Y) n .
- preferred examples of the group represented by G include straight chain or branched, chain or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic groups, having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a phenoxybutyl group and an isopropyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group and a 4-dodecyloxyphenyl group, and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic groups containing as a hetero atom an atom selected from a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom such as a 2-pyridyl group, a 1-phenyl-4-imidazolyl group, a 2-furyl group
- P and Q preferably each independently represents an oxygen group or a group represented by the formula (N-1).
- a 11 and A 12 each represents a group removable by an alkali (hereinafter referred to as "precursor group")
- a precursor group include hydrolyzable groups such as an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfonyl group, precursor groups of the type using the reverse Michael reaction as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,009,029, precursor groups of the type using as an intramolecular nucleophilic group an anion produced upon a ring cleavage reaction as described in U.S. Pat. No.
- P is preferably an oxygen atom
- a 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom
- the other X and Y which is not a methine group having an --(L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b --Z 1 group each is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted methine group.
- Particularly preferred among groups represented by the formula (II) are those represented by the formulae (III) or (IV): ##STR19## wherein the mark * represents the position at which it is bonded to --(L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b --Z 1 ; P, Q, A 11 and A 12 have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (II); R 64 represents a substituent; and q represents an integer of 0 to 3.
- g is 2 or 3
- the two or more R 64 may be the same or different.
- the two R 64 are substituents on adjacent carbon atoms, they may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
- cyclic structures examples include benzene condensed rings such as naphtahalene, benzonortholunene, chroman, indole, benzothiophene, quinoline, benzofuran, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, indane and indene. These cyclic structures may further contain one or more substituents.
- Preferred examples of such substituents and R 64 containing no condensed rings include an R 41 group, a halogen atom, an R 43 O-- group, an R 43 S-- group, an ##STR20## an R 43 OOC-- group, an R 41 SO 2 -- group, an ##STR21## an R 43 CO-- group, an R 41 COO-- group, an ##STR22## a cyano group and an ##STR23##
- R 41 , R 43 , R 44 and R 45 represent the same meanings as in the above described formulae (I) and (I').
- Typical examples of R 64 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a t-butyl group, a methoxy group, a methylthio group, a dodecylthio group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylthio group, an N-3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylcarbamoyl group, an N-methyl-N-octadecyloxycarbamoyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a dodecyloxycarbonyl group, a propylcarbamoyl group, a hydroxyl group, and an N,N-dioctylcarbamoyl group.
- Examples of a cyclic structure formed by two R 64 include
- P and Q each preferably represents an oxygen atom.
- a 11 and A 12 each preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
- the group represented by L 1 or L 2 may or may not be used in the present invention. Such a group is preferably not used in the present invention but may be optionally used depending on the purpose.
- L 1 and L 2 each represents a timing group, examples of such a timing group include the following known connecting groups:
- Examples of such a group include those represented by the undermentioned formula (T-1) as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,146,396 and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 249148/85 and 249149/85.
- the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (II), and the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (II).
- W represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or an ##STR26##
- R 65 and R 66 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent;
- R 67 represents a substituent;
- t represents an integer of 1 or 2.
- R 65 , R 66 and R 67 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
- R 65 , R 66 and R 67 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
- Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T11) include the following groups: ##STR29##
- timing groups as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,962.
- Such timing groups can be represented by the formula (T-2):
- the mark * represents the position at which the timing group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (II); the mark ** represents the position at which the timing group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (II);
- Nu represents a nucleophilic group containing as a nucleophilic atom an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
- E represents an electrophilic group capable of cleaving its connection with the mark ** upon a nucleophilic attack by Nu;
- Link represents a connecting group which gives a steric relation between Nu and E such that they can undergo an intramolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction.
- Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-2) include the following groups: ##STR30##
- Examples of such a group include those represented by the undermentioned formula (T-3) as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,409,323 and 4,21,845. ##STR31## wherein the marks * and **, W, R 65 , R 66 and t have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (T-1). Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-3) include the following groups: ##STR32##
- Examples of such a group include connecting groups as described in West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 2,626,315. These connecting groups may be represented by the following formulae: ##STR33## wherein the marks * and ** have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (T-1).
- Examples of such a group include connecting groups represented by the undermentioned formula (T-6) as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,546,073. ##STR34## wherein the marks * and **, and W have the same meanings as described with reference to the formual (T-1); and R 68 has the same meaning as R 67 .
- Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-6) include the following groups: ##STR35##
- L 1 and L 2 which each represents a group which becomes a coupler include groups represented by the undermentioned formulae (V), (VI), (VII) and (VIII).
- the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (I)
- the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (I).
- V 1 and V 2 each represents a substituent
- V 3 , V 4 , V 5 and V 6 each represents a nitrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted methine group
- V 7 represents a substituent
- x represents an integer of 0 to 4
- V 8 represents a --CO-- group, an --SO 2 -- group, an oxygen atom or a substituted imino group
- V 9 represents nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- to 8-membered ring together with ##STR37
- V 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, with the proviso that when x is a plural number, the plurality of V 7 may be the same or different or two V 7 may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure, and that V 1 and V 2 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a 5- to 8-membered ring together with ##STR38##
- V 1 preferably represents an R 71 group.
- Preferred examples of V 2 include an R 72 group, an R 72 CO-- group, an ##STR39## an R 72 SO 2 -- group, an R 72 S-- group, an R 72 O-- group and an ##STR40##
- Examples of the cyclic ring formed by the connection of V 1 and V 2 include indene, indole, pyrazole and benzothiophene.
- Preferred examples of the substituents represented by V 3 , V 4 , V 5 and V 6 which represent a substituted methine group include an R 71 group, and R 73 O-- group, an R 71 S-- group and an R 71 CONH-- group.
- V 7 examples include a halogen atom, an R 71 group, an R 71 CONH-- group, an R 71 SO 2 NH-- group, an R 73 O-- group, an R 71 S-- group, an ##STR41## an R 71 CO-- group and an R 73 OOC group.
- Examples of the cyclic structure formed by the linkage of a plurality of V 7 include naphathalene, quinoline, oxyindole, benzodiazepine-2,4-dione, benzimidazole-2-one and benzothiophene.
- Preferred examples of the substituted imino group represented by V 8 include an R 73 ⁇ group.
- Preferred examples of the cyclic structure which is formed by V 9 together with ##STR42## include indole, imidazolinone, 1,2,5-thiazoline-1,1-dioxide, 3-pyrazoline-5-one, 3-isooxazoline-5-one and ##STR43##
- V 10 include an R 73 -- group, an R 73 O-- group, an ##STR44## and an R 71 S-- group.
- R 71 and R 72 each represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group
- R 73 , R 74 and R 75 each represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
- the aliphatic group, the aromatic group and the heterocyclic group have the same meanings as described with reference to R 41 in the formulae (I) and (I'), with the proviso that the total number of carbon atoms contained in each of these groups is preferably 10 or less.
- Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (V) include the following groups: ##STR45##
- Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VI) include the following groups: ##STR46##
- Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VII) include the following groups: ##STR47##
- Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VIII) include the following groups: ##STR48##
- A' 2 , P', Q' and n' have the same meanings as described in A 12 , P, Q and n in the formula (II); and at least one of n' number of X' and Y' represents a methine group containing --L 2 )--Z 1 or Z 1 as a substituent and the other X' and Y' each represents a substituted or unsubstituted methine group or nitrogen atom.
- Any two substituents selected from A' 2 , P', Q', X' and Y' may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. Examples of such a cyclic structure include a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
- P' preferably represents an oxygen atom
- Q' preferably represents an oxygen atom or a grouop represented by the undermentioned formulae.
- the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to (X' ⁇ Y') n'
- the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to A' 2 .
- Q' is particularly preferably an oxygen atom or a group represented by ##STR50##
- Particularly preferred among the groups represented by the formula (IX) are those represented by the following formulae (X) and (XI): ##STR51## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (I); the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (I); R 76 has the same meaning as R 64 in the formulae (III) or (IV); and y represents an integer of 0 to 3, with the proviso that when y is a plural number, the plurality of R 76 may be the same or different or two of these R 76 may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
- R 76 include an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; an acylamino group such as an acetamide group and a benzamide group; a sulfonamide group such as a methanesulfonamide group and a benzenesulfonamide group; an alkylthio group such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group; a carbamoyl group such as an N-propylcarbamoyl group, an N-t-butylcarbamoyl group and an N-i-propylcarbamoyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group and a propoxycarbonyl group; an aliphatic group such as a methyl group and a t-butyl group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom; a sulfam
- the group represented by Z 1 specifically represents a known bleaching accelerator residual group.
- a bleaching accelerator residual group include various mercapto compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,893,858, British Patent No. 1,138,842, and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 141623/78; compounds containing a disulfide bond as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 95630/78; thiazolidine derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 9854/78; isothiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 94927/78; thiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos.
- Particularly preferred examples of the group represented by Z 1 include groups represented by the following formulae (XII), (XIII) and (XIV): ##STR53## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to A--(L 1 ) a --(L 2 ) b --; R 1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R 2 has the same meaning as R 1 or represents a divalent aromatic group or a 3- to 8-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered divalent heterocyclic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 represents--O--,--S--,--COO--,--SO 2 --, ##STR54## X 2 represents an aromatic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms; X 3 represents a 3- to 8-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group containing at least one carbon atom bonded to S in the ring;
- R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic group represented by R 1 or R 5 may be a chain or cyclic, straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted, or unsubstituted, preferably unsubstituted aliphatic group.
- substituents for the substituted aliphatic group represented by R 1 or R 5 include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; and an alkylthio group such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group.
- the aromatic group represented by X 2 or R 2 may contain substituents. Examples of such substituents include those described with reference to the aliphatic group represented by R 1 or R 5 .
- the heterocyclic group represented by X 3 or R 2 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing as a hetero atom an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.
- a heterocyclic group examples include a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a piperidine ring, an oxirane ring, a sulforane ring, an imidazolidine ring, a thiazepine ring and a pyrazole ring.
- substitutents for such heterocyclic groups include those described with reference to the aliphatic group represented by R 1 or R 5 .
- Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I') include bis, telomer, and polymer compounds.
- Examples of such a polymer compound include a polymer containing repeating units represented by the formula (XVI) derived from a monomer represented by the formula (XV) and a copolymer of one or more noncoloring monomers containing at least one ethylene group incapable of coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent. Two or more monomers represented by the formula (XV) may be polymerized at the same time.
- R represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom
- a 21 represents--CONH --, --NHCONH--, --NHCOO--, --COO--, --SO 2 --,--CO--, --NHCO--, --SO 2 NH--, --NHSO 2 --, --OCO--, --OCONH--, --NH--or --O--
- a 22 represents --CONH-- or --COO--
- a 23 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, an aralkylene group or an arylene group. Such an alkylene group may be a straight chain or branched group.
- Examples of such an alkylene group include methylene, methylmethylene, dimethylmethylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene and decylmethylene.
- Examples of the aralkylene group represented by A 23 include benzylidene.
- Examples of the arylene group represented by A 23 include phenylene and naphthylene.
- QQ represents a residual group of the compound represented by the formula (I'). QQ may be bonded to the main body of the group represented by the formula (XV) or (XVI) at any position in the substituent as described with reference to the residual group of the compound represented by the formula (I') except for the group represented by Z 1 .
- the suffixes i, j and k each represents 0 to 1 but are not 0 at the same time.
- Examples of the substituents for the alkylene group, the aralkylene group or the arylene group represented by A 23 include an aryl group such as a phenyl group; a nitro group; a hydroxyl group; a cyano group; a sulfo group; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group; an acylamino group such as an acetylamino group; a sulfonamide group such as a methanesulfonamide group; a sulfamoyl group such as a methylsulfamoyl group; a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine; a carboxyl group; a carbamoyl group such as a methylcarbamoyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group;
- noncoloring ethylenic monomer incapable of coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent examples include an acrylic acid, an ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid, an ⁇ -alkylacrylic acid and ester or amide derived from these acrylic acids, methylenebisacrylamide, a vinyl ester, acrylonitrile, an aromatic vinyl compound, maleic acid derivatives and vinylpyridines. Two or more of these noncoloring ethylenically unsaturated monomers may be used at the same time.
- any two of the groups represented by A 1 , L 1 , L 2 and Z 1 may optionally contain bonding hands other than the bonding hand represented by the formula (I').
- This second bonding hand can provide the effects of the present invention without being severed upon development. Examples of such a bonding hand include the following bonding hands: ##STR59##
- a 34 represents a divalent organic residual group which forms a 5- to 8-membered ring.
- Examples of the divalent organic residual group represented by A 34 include --O--CH ⁇ , ##STR61## and --S--CH ⁇ groups.
- the amount of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention to be added to the light-sensitive material is preferably in the range of from 1 ⁇ 10 -7 to 1 ⁇ 10 -1 mol, particularly from 1 ⁇ 10 -6 to 5 ⁇ 10 -2 mol, per m 2 of the light-sensitive material.
- the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound may be incorporated into any layers in the light-sensitive material but is preferably incorporated into a light-sensitive emulsion layer. The more light-sensitive emulsion layers the present compound is incorporated in, the more remarkable the effects of the present invention become.
- the desilvering step of the present invention may be two steps in which the bleaching step and fixing step are separately carried out, but is preferably one step (one bath) in which only bleach step is carried out.
- a bleaching agent to be used for the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability examples include oxidizing agents such as a ferric complex salt, e.g., an iron ferricyanide complex salt and a ferric citrate complex salt, persulfate, and peroxide, e.g., hydrogen peroxide.
- oxidizing agents such as a ferric complex salt, e.g., an iron ferricyanide complex salt and a ferric citrate complex salt, persulfate, and peroxide, e.g., hydrogen peroxide.
- Preferred examples of such a bleaching agent include a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt, and a complex of ferric ion with an aminopolycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof.
- Particularly preferred bleaching agents to be used for the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability is a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt having a molecular weight of generally 300 or more, preferably from 300 to 600, and particularly preferably from 300 to 500, in the form of a free acid.
- Typical examples of such an aminopolycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof include the following compounds:
- A- 1 Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
- A- 3 Ethylenediamine-N-( ⁇ -oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetic acid
- A- 4 Trisodium ethylenediamine-N-( ⁇ -oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate
- A- 5 Triammonium ethylenediamine-N-( ⁇ -oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate
- A- 7 Disodium 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetate
- A- 8 Nitrilotriacetic acid
- A- 9 Sodium nitrilotriacetate
- A-11 Disodium cyclohexanediaminetetraacetate
- A-16 Glycoletherdiaminetetraacetic acid
- A-20 1,2-Propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, or alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
- A-21 Triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
- A-22 1,4-Diaminobutanetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
- A-23 2-Propanoldiaminetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
- A-24 1,3-Butylenediaminetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
- preferred compounds are A-1, A-2, A-6, A-7, A-10, A-11, A-12, A-16 and A-18.
- a particularly preferred compound is diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (A-1).
- Such a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt may be used in the form of a complex salt.
- a ferric salt such as ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, ferric ammonium sulfate and ferric phosphate may be used with an aminopolycarboxylic acid to form a ferric ion complex salt in the solution.
- one or more complex salts may be used.
- one or more ferric salts may be used.
- one or more aminopolycarboxylic acids may be used. In any case, an aminopolycarboxylic acid may be used in an excess amount beyond the amount required to form a ferric ion complex salt.
- ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salts except for A-19 and a ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate complex salt may be used.
- the processing solution capable of blixing containing the above described ferric complex salt may contain a complex salt of a metal ion other than a ferric ion such as cobalt, nickel and copper.
- the content of bleaching agent per liter of the present processing solution having a blixing capability is in the range of 0.1 to 1 mol and preferably 0.2 to 0.5 mol.
- the pH value of the bleaching bath is preferably in the range of 4.0 to 8.0 and particularly preferably 5.0 to 7.5.
- the processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain a rehalogenizing agent such as bromide, e.g., potassium bromide, sodium bromide and ammonium bromide; and chloride, e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride and ammonium chloride besides a bleaching agent and the above described compounds.
- a rehalogenizing agent such as bromide, e.g., potassium bromide, sodium bromide and ammonium bromide
- chloride e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride and ammonium chloride besides a bleaching agent and the above described compounds.
- compounds which may be incorporated into the present processing bath include various known additives such as inorganic acids, organic acids and salts thereof having a pH buffering capability, e.g., nitrates such as sodium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, etc, boric acid, borax, sodium metaborate, acetic acid, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, phosphorous acid, phosphoric acid, sodium phosphate, citric acid, sodium citrate and tartaric acid.
- nitrates such as sodium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, etc
- boric acid borax
- sodium metaborate acetic acid
- sodium acetate sodium carbonate
- potassium carbonate potassium carbonate
- phosphorous acid phosphoric acid
- sodium phosphate citric acid
- citric acid sodium citrate and tartaric acid.
- the processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain as a fixing agent any known compound commonly used in a blixing solution such as thiosulfate (e.g., sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thiosulfate, ammonium sodium thiosulfate and potassium thiosulfate); thiocyanate (e.g., ammonium thiocyanate and potassium thiocyanate); thiourea; and thioether.
- thiosulfate e.g., sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thiosulfate, ammonium sodium thiosulfate and potassium thiosulfate
- thiocyanate e.g., ammonium thiocyanate and potassium thiocyanate
- thiourea thioether
- the processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a so-called sulfite ion-releasing compound such as sulfite (e.g., sodium sulfite and ammonium sulfite), bisulfite, and an addition product of an aldehyde and bisulfite (e.g., carbonyl bisulfite).
- sulfite e.g., sodium sulfite and ammonium sulfite
- bisulfite e.g., sodium sulfite and ammonium sulfite
- an aldehyde and bisulfite e.g., carbonyl bisulfite
- the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain an organic phosphate compound such as an aminopolycarboxylic acid represented by A-1 to A-24, ethylenediaminetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, 1,3-diaminopropanetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylenephosphonic acid and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid.
- an organic phosphate compound such as an aminopolycarboxylic acid represented by A-1 to A-24, ethylenediaminetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, 1,3-diaminopropanetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylenephosphonic acid and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid.
- the processing solution having a blixing capability may contain at least one bleaching accelerator selected from compounds having a mercapto group or a disulfide bond, isothiourea derivatives and thiazolidine derivatives.
- the content of such a bleaching accelerator per liter of the processing solution having a blixing capability is preferably in the range of from 1 ⁇ 10 -5 to 1 ⁇ 10 -1 mol and particularly preferably from 1 ⁇ 10 -4 to 5 ⁇ 10 -2 mol.
- a bleaching accelerator to be incorporated into the processing solution having a blixing capability there may be used any compound having a bleach accelerating effect selected from compounds having a mercapto group or a disulfide bond, thiazolidine derivatives, thiourea derivatives and isothiourea derivatives.
- Preferred examples of such a bleaching accelerators include compounds represented by formulae as described in Japanese Patent Application No. 313598/86 (pp. 63-77).
- These compounds may be normally incorporated into the processing solution in the form of a solution in water, alkali, organic acid, organic solvent, etc. However, these compounds may be directly added to the bleaching bath without affecting its bleach accelerating effect.
- such a bleaching accelerator may further be incorporated into the light-sensitive material.
- the bleaching accelerator may be incorporated into any emulsion layer selected from blue-sensitive, green-sensitive and red-sensitive emulsion layers, or a gelatin layer such as the top layer, interlayer and bottom layer.
- the processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may consist of one tank or two or more tanks. Such a group of tanks may be replenished with a processing solution in a multistage countercurrent process. Alternatively, the processing solution may be circulated among these tanks to provide a uniform processing solution. In this case, a replenisher of the processing solution may be replenished to only one of these tanks. In any case, the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be supplied is within the range specified herein.
- the processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a bleaching agent which can be used in the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability.
- the processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a bleaching accelerator and other all compounds which can be used in the processing solution having a blixing capability.
- the pH value of the processing solution having a bleaching capability is preferably in the range of 4.0 to 8.0
- Another processing bath may be provided between the color developing bath and the processing bath having a blixing capability.
- a processing bath may preferably contain a salt.
- a salt include organic carboxylic acids such as phosphate, carbonate, sulfite, thiosulfate, borate, hydrochloride, sulfate, citrate, and acetate; organic aminocarboxylates such as ethylenediaminetetraacetate; and organic phosphates or sulfonates such as ethylenediaminetetrakisphosphate and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphate.
- organic carboxylic acids such as phosphate, carbonate, sulfite, thiosulfate, borate, hydrochloride, sulfate, citrate, and acetate
- organic aminocarboxylates such as ethylenediaminetetraacetate
- organic phosphates or sulfonates such as ethylenediaminete
- These salts may be preferably incorporated as cations in the form of an alkaline metal salt such as a sodium salt and a potassium salt; an alkaline earth metal salt; an ammonium salt; or a free acid. These salts may be used alone or in combination.
- the total amount of these salts to be incorporated in the processing solution is preferably in the range of 2 ⁇ 10 -3 mol or less, and particularly preferably from 1 ⁇ 10 -2 to 2 mol, per liter of the processing solution.
- the pH value of the processing bath is not specifically limited but is preferably the same as that of the subsequent blixing bath.
- the method for processing a silver halide color photographic material containing a compound which releases a bleaching accelerator (i.e., a bleaching accelerator-releasing compound) with a processing solution containing a specific ferric complex salt and having a blixing capability enables an improvement in the solution stability and rapid processing with an excellent blixing capability. It was also found that the deterioration in color restoration of cyan images which becomes a remarkable with increasing processing speed can be eliminated by incorporating at least one cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formulae (l-I) or (l-II) in the light-sensitive material.
- R 101 and R 102 each independently represents an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
- R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an acylamino group, or nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing ring together with R 102
- a 10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group
- n 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
- R 111 represents --CONR 115 R 116 , --NHCOR 115 , --NHCOOR 117 , --NHSO 2 R 117 , --NHCONR 115 R 116 or --NHSO 2 NR 115 R 116 ;
- R 112 represents a group which can be substituted by a naphthol ring;
- n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3;
- R 113 represents a monovalent organic group;
- X 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a group which can be released by a coupling reaction with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent, with the provisos that: (a) R 115 and R 116 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group, (b) R 117 represents an aliphatic group, and aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, (c) when
- the present cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the fromula (L-I) is further described hereinafter.
- R 101 and R 102 each represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, a butyl group, a tridecyl group, a cyclohexyl group and an allyl group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group; or a heterocyclic group such as a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-imidazolyl group, a 2-furyl group and a 6-quinolyl group.
- These groups may be substituted by groups selected from an alkyl group; an aryl group; a heterocyclic group; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and a 2-methoxyethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxy group, a 2-chlorophenoxy group and a 4-cyanophenoxy group; an alkenylosy group such as a 2-propenyloxy group; and acyl group such as an acetyl group and a benzoyl group; an ester group such as a butoxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, an acetoxy group, a benzoyloxy group, a butoxysulfonyl group and a toluenesulfonyloxy group; an amide group such as an acetylamino group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a
- R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 1 to 25 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 25 carbon atoms, an acylamino group, or nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing ring together with R 102 .
- R 103 may have substitutable substituents which may be substituted by substituents as described with reference to R 101 .
- n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 1.
- Z 10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group.
- a coupling-releasable group include a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine; an alkoxy group such as an ethoxy group, a dodecyloxy group, a methoxyethycarbamoylmethoxy group, a carboxyproploxy group and a methylsulfonylethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a 4-chlorophenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group and a 4-carboxyphenoxy group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group, a tetradecanoyloxy group and a benzoyloxy group; a sulfonyloxy group such as a methanesulfonyloxy group and a toluenesulfonyloxy group; an amide group such as a dichloro
- R 101 include an aryl group and a heterocyclic group.
- the aryl group may be preferably substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acylamino group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfamide group, an oxycarbonyl group or a cyano group.
- R 102 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or aryl group, particularly preferably a substituted aryloxy-substituted alkyl group.
- R 103 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Z 10 include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group and a sulfonamide group.
- Z 10 is preferably a halogen atom and particularly preferably fluorine or chlorine.
- the cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formula (L-I) is normally incorporated in a silver halide emulsion layer and particularly preferably in a red-sensitive emulsion layer.
- the amount of such a cyan dyeforming coupler to be added is in the range of from 2 ⁇ 10 -3 to 5 ⁇ 10 -1 mol/mol-Ag and preferably 1 ⁇ 10 -2 to 5 ⁇ 10 -1 mol/mol-Ag.
- the synthesis of the cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formula (L-I) can be easily accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,772,002, 4,334,011, 4,327,173 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,427,767.
- R 111 has the same meaning as described above.
- R 115 , R 116 and R 117 each represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having from 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
- R 112 represents a group (or atom) which can substitute for a naphthol ring.
- Typical examples of such a group or atom include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic group, a cyano group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a carbonamide group, a sulfonamide group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a ureido group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aromatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group, an aromatic thio group, an aliphatic sulfonyl group, an aromatic sulfonyl group, a sulfamoylamino group, a nitro group and an imide group.
- the group represented by R 112 contains 0 to 30 carbon atoms. When m
- R 113 represents a monovalent organic group.
- Such a monovalent organic group is preferably represented by the following formula (L-III):
- R 111 or R 118 , R 115 and R 116 in ##STR67## and R 119 and R 120 in ##STR68## may be connected to each other to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group such as a morpholine ring, a piperidine ring and a pyrrolidine ring.
- X 10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group (or atom).
- a coupling-releasable group include a halogen atom, --OR 125 , --SR 125 , ##STR69## an aromatic azo group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms connected to the coupling active position of a coupler through a nitrogen atom such as a succinic imide group, a phthalimide group, a hydantoinyl group, a pyrazolyl group and a 2-benzotriazolyl group.
- R 125 represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having from 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic groups in the formual (L-II) may be saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, straight chain, branched or cyclic groups.
- Typical examples of such an aliphatic group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a butyl goup, a cyclohexyl group, an allyl group, a propargyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an n-decyl group, an n-dodecyl group, an n-hexadecyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a heptafluoropropyl group, a dodecyloxypropyl group, a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxypropyl group and a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxybutyl group.
- aromatic groups in the formula (L-II) may be substituted or unsubstituted groups.
- Typical examples of such an aromatic group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a 2-tetradecyloxyphenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 4-hydroxyphenyl group.
- heterocyclic group in the present invention may be a substituted or unsubstituted group.
- Typical examples of such a heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 2-furyl group, a 4-chienyl group and a quinolinyl group.
- R 111 is preferably --CONR 115 R 116 .
- R 112 may be a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carbonamide group or a sulfonamide group.
- n 2 is preferably 0. That is, the group represented by the fromula (L-III) preferably has no Y 10 .
- R 118 include --COR 119 such as a formyl group, an acetyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a chloroacetyl group, a benzoyl group, a pentafluorobenzoyl group and a p-chlorobenzoyl group; --COOR 119 such as a methoxy carbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, a methoxyethoxycarbonyl group and a phenoxycarbonyl group; --SO 2 R 121 such as a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, a butanesulfonyl group, a hexadecanesulfon
- Preferred examples of X 10 include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic oxy group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group, a 2-methanesulfonamidoethoxy group, a 2-methanesulfonylethoxy group, a carboxymethoxy group, a 3-carboxypropyloxy group, a 2-carboxymethylthioethoxy group, a 2-methoxyethoxy group and a 2-methoxyethylcarbamoylmethoxy group; an aromatic oxy group such as a phenoxy group, a 4-chlorophenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group, a 4-tert-octylphenoxy group and a 4-carboxyphenoxy group; a heterocyclic thio group such as a 5-phenyl-1,2,3,4- tetrazolyl-1-thio group and a 5-ethyl-1,2,
- the couplers represented by the formula (L-II) may be connected to each other at the substituent R 111 , R 112 , R 113 or X 10 through a divalent or polyvalent group to form a dimer, oligomer or higher polymer.
- the total number of carbon atoms contained in each substituent may be beyond the specified limit.
- the coupler represented by the formula (L-II) forms a polymer
- typical examples of such a polymer include a monopolymer or copolymer of addition polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compounds (cyan dye-forming monomer) containing a cyan dye-forming coupler residual group.
- cyan dye-forming monomer containing a cyan dye-forming coupler residual group.
- Such a polymer contains repeating units represented by the formula (L-IV).
- One or more cyan dye-forming repeating units represented by the formula (L-IV) may be contained in such a polymer.
- Such a polymer may be a copolymer containing one or more noncoloring ethylenic monomers as copolymer components.
- R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom;
- a 10 represents --CONH--, --COO-- or a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group;
- B 10 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, a phenylene group or an aralkylene group;
- L 10 represents --CONH--, --NHCONH--, --NHCOO--, --NHCO--, --OCONH--, --NH--, --COO--, --OCO--, --CO--, --O--, --SO 2 --, --NHSO 2 -- or --SO 2 NH--;
- a 1 , b 1 and c 1 each represents an integer of 0 to 1;
- Q 10 represents a cyan coupler residual group obtained by elimination of a hydrogen atom other than that in the hydroxyl group at the 1-position from the compound represented by the formula (L-
- Preferred examples of such a polymer include a copolymer of a cyan dye-forming monomer providing a coupler unit represented by the formula (L-IV) and a noncoloring ethylenic monomer copolymer as described below.
- Examples of a noncoloring ethylenic monomer which does not undergo coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent include acrylic acid; ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid; ⁇ -alkylacrylic acid such as methacrylic acid; esters or amides derived from these acrylic acids such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, n-butylacrylamide, t-butylacrylamide, diacetonacrylamide, methylacrylate, ethylacrylate, n-propylacrylate, n-butylacrylate, t-butylacrylate, isobutylacrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, n-octylacrylate, laurylacrylate, methylmethacrylate, ethylmethacrylate, n-butylmethacrylate and ⁇ -hydroxymethacrylate; vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and vinyl laurate; acrylonitrile;
- acrylic ester methacrylic ester and maleic ester.
- Two or more of such noncoloring ethylenic monomers may be used in combination. Examples of such a combination include methyl acrylate and butyl acrylate, butyl acrylate and styrene, butyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid and methyl acrylate and diacetonacrylamide.
- the ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be copolymerized with the vinyl monomer corresponding to the compound of the formula (L-IV) can be selected such that it gives a favorable effect on physical and/or chemical properties of the copolymer formed, e.bg., solubility, compatibility with binder for photographic colloidal composition such as gelatin, softening point, flexibility and heat stability.
- the preparation of the cyan polymer coupler to be used in the present invention can be accomplished by dissolving in an organic solvent a lipophilic polymer coupler obtained by polymerization of vinyl monomers providing a coupler unit of the formula (L-IV), and then emulsion-dispersing the solution in an aqueous solution of gelatin in the form of a latex, or subjecting such a lipophilic polymer coupler to a direct emulsion polymerization.
- the emulsion dispersion of such a lipophilic polymer coupler in an aqueous solution of gelatin in the form of a latex may be accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,451,820.
- the emulsion polymerization of such a lipophilic polymer coupler may be accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,080,211 and U.S. Pat. No. 3,370,952.
- the synthesis of the coupler represented by the formula (L-II) can be accomplished by any suitable method as described in Japanese Patent Application(OPI) Nos. 237448/85, 153640/86, and 145557/86.
- the coupler represented by the formula (L-II) may be normally incorporated in a silver halide emulsion layer.
- the amount of the coupler to be added is preferably in the range of from 3 ⁇ 10 -3 to 1 mol/mol-Ag, more preferably from 5 ⁇ 10 -3 to 0.5 mpl/mol-Ag, and particularly preferably from 0.01 to 0.25 mol/mol-Ag.
- the incorporation of the present coupler and other couplers which can be used in combination therewith in the light-sensitive material can be accomplished by any known dispersion method.
- dispersion methods include a solid dispersion method and an alkali dispersion method.
- a preferred dispersion method is a latex dispersion method.
- Typical examples of particularly preferred dispersion methods are an oil-in-water dispersion method.
- the coupler is dissolved in either or a mixture of a high boiling point organic solvent having a boiling point of 175° C.
- a low boiling point solvent i.e., auxiliary solvent
- the solution is then finely dispersed in water or an aqueous solvent such as an aqueous solution of gelatin in the presence of a surface active agent.
- a high boiling point organic solvent examples are described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,322,027.
- the dispersion may be accompanied by phase inversion.
- the auxiliary solvent may be removed or reduced by distillation, noodle rinsing, or ultrafiltration before the coupler is coated on the support.
- the color developing solution to be used for the development of the present light-sensitive material is an alkaline aqueous solution comprising an aromatic primary amine color developing agent as a main component.
- a useful example of such a color developing agent is an aminophenolic compound.
- Typical examples of such a compound include 3-methyl-4-amino-N,N-diethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N- ⁇ -hydroxyethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N- ⁇ -methanesulfonamidoethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N- ⁇ -methoxyethylaniline, and sulfates, hydrochlorides, phosphates, p-toluenesulfonates, tetraphenylborates, and p-(t-octyl)benzenesulfonates thereof.
- These diamines
- aminophenolic derivatives which may be used in the present invention include o-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, 4-amino-2-methylphenol, 2-amino-3-methylphenol and 2-oxy-3-amino-1,4-dimethylbenzene.
- the color developing solution of the present invention may contain pH buffering agents such as carbonates, borates and phorphates of alkali metals; development inhibitors or antifoggants such as bromide, iodide, benzimidazoles, benzothiazoles and mercapto compounds; preservatives such as hydroxylamine, triethanolamin, compounds as described in West German Patent Application (OLS) No.
- pH buffering agents such as carbonates, borates and phorphates of alkali metals
- development inhibitors or antifoggants such as bromide, iodide, benzimidazoles, benzothiazoles and mercapto compounds
- preservatives such as hydroxylamine, triethanolamin, compounds as described in West German Patent Application (OLS) No.
- organic solvents such as diethylene glycol
- development accelerators such as benzyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, quaternary ammonium salts, amines, thiocyanate and 3,6-thiaoctane-1,8-diol
- color-forming couplers such as sodium boron hydride
- auxiliary developing agents such as 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone
- tackifiers and chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N-hydroxymethylethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, aminopolycarboxylic acid and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid as described in Japanese Patent Application
- the content of such a color developing agent to be incorporated in the normal color developing solution is in the range of about 0.1 g to about 30 g, and preferably about 1 g to about 15 g, per liter of the color developing solution.
- the pH of the color developing solution is normally in the range of 7 or more and particularly about 9 to about 13.
- the present silver halide color photographic material is normally subjected to washing and/or stabilization after being subjected to desilvering such as fixing or blixing.
- the amount of water to be used in the washing process can be widely selected depending on the properties (different with components such as coupler) and use of the light-snesitive material, washing water temperature, number of washing tanks (stages), replenishing system of a replenisher (e.g., countercurrent or cocurrent), an other various conditions.
- a replenisher e.g., countercurrent or cocurrent
- the relationship between the number of washing tanks and the amount of water to be used in the washing process can be determined in accordance with a method as described in Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, Vol. 64, pp. 248 to 253 (May, 1955).
- chlorine bactericides such as sodium chlorinated isocyanurate
- bactericides such as benzotriazole as described in Hiroshi Horiguchi, Chemistry of Bactericide and Antifugal Agents, Association of Sanitary Engineering, Sterilization of Microorganism, and Sterizilization and Antifugal Engineering, and Japan Sterilization and Antifungal Association, Dictionary of Bactericide and Antifungal Agents.
- the pH value of the washing water to be used in the processing of the present light-sensitive material is in the range of 4 and 9 and preferably 5 to 8.
- the temperature of washing water and the washing time can be freely determined depending on the properties and application of the light-sensitive material.
- the optimum washing time is normally between 20 seconds and 10 minutes at a temperature of 15° to 45° C., and preferably between 30 seconds and 5 minutes at a temperature of 25° to 50° C.
- the present light-sensitive material may be processed directly with a stabilizing solution rather than by wahsing with water.
- a stabilizing process known methods as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 8543/82, 14834/83, 184343/84, 220345/85, 238832/85, 239784/85, 239749/85, 4054/86 and 118749/86 can all be used.
- a stabilizing bath containing 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one, a bismuth compound, an ammonium compound, etc. may be preferably used in the present invention.
- the washing process may be followed by a stabilizing process such as a stabilizing bath containing formalin and a surface active agent used as a final processing bath for color light-sensitive material for photography.
- a stabilizing process such as a stabilizing bath containing formalin and a surface active agent used as a final processing bath for color light-sensitive material for photography.
- the silver halide color photographic material to be used in the present invention is described hereinafter.
- the emulsion layer in the light-sensitive material may comprise any silver halide selected from silver bromide, silver bromoiodide, silver chlorobromide, silver bromochloroiodide, silver chloride and silver chloroiodide. Particularly preferred among these silver halides is silver bromoiodide. If silver bromoiodide is used, its content of silver iodide is normally in the range of 40 mol % or less, preferably 20 mol % or less, and particularly 10 mol % or less.
- the processing method of the present invention is further advantageous in that the bleaching of the light-sensitive material can be effectively accelerated even if the light-sensitive material contains silver iodide, which easily produces precipitation.
- the above described particulate silver halide may have a regular crystal structure such as a cube, an octahedron and a tetradecahedron, an irregular crystal structure such as a sphere, a crystal structure having a crystal defect such as twinning plane, or a composite thereof. Alternatively, a mixture of grains of various crystal structure may be used.
- the above described silver halide may be in the form of a monodispersed emulsion having a narrow distribution or a polydispersed emulsion having a wide distribution.
- the above described emulsion layer may comprise tabular grains having an aspect ratio of 5 or more.
- the crystal structure of the present silver halide grains may be uniform, or such that the halide composition varies between the inner portion and the outer portion thereof, or may be a layer.
- These emulsion grains are disclosed in British Patent No. 1,027,146, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,505,068, 4,444,877, 4,668,614.
- silver halides having different compositions may be connected to each other by an epitaxial junction or by any suitable compound other than silver halide such as silver thiocyanate and zinc oxide.
- the above described emulsion grains may be those of a surface latent image type in which latent images are formed mainly in the surface portion thereof or those of an internal latent image type in which latent images are formed mainly in the interior thereof.
- the above described emulsion grains may have the interior thereof chemically sensitized.
- a silver halide photographic emulsion which can be used in the present invention can be produced by well known methods, for example, methods as described in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643, vol. 176, pages 22 and 23, "Emulsion Preparation and Types" (Dec., 1978) and Research Disclosure, RD Np. 18716, Vol. 187, page 648 (Nov., 1979).
- the preparation of a silver halide photographic emulsion which can be used in the present invention can be accomplished by using various silver halide solvents such as ammonia, potassium thiocyanate, and thioether and thione as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,271,157 and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 12360/76, 82408/78, 144319/78, 100717/79 and 155828/79.
- various silver halide solvents such as ammonia, potassium thiocyanate, and thioether and thione as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,271,157 and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 12360/76, 82408/78, 144319/78, 100717/79 and 155828/79.
- a typical monodispersed emulsion is an emulsion of silver halide grains having an average grain diameter of more than about 0.1 ⁇ m in which the grain diameter of at least 95% by weight thereof falls within ⁇ 40% of the average grain diameter.
- an emulsion of silver halide grains having an average grain diameter of 0.25 to 2 ⁇ m in which the grain diameter of at least 95% by weight or number of grains falls within ⁇ 20% of the average grain diameter may be used.
- cadmium salts zinc salts, lead salts, thallium salts, iridium salts or complex salts thereof, rhodium salts or complex salts thereof, or iron salts or complex salts thereof may coexist.
- the emulsion to be used to be used in the present invention may be normally subjected to phsyical ripening and then to chemical ripening and spectral ripening before use.
- Examples of additives to be used in such processes are described in Research Disclosure, RD Nos. 17643 (December, 1978) and 18716 (November, 1979). The places where such a description is found are summarized in the table below.
- spectral sensitizer for the present color photographic light-sensitive material there may be used any suitable spectral sensitizer selected from the above described known compounds.
- exemplary compounds represented by the formula (IV) or (V) described in Japanese Patent Application No. 313598/86 (pp. 90-110) may be preferably used in the present processing process.
- color couplers can be used in the present invention. Specific examples of such color couplers are described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VII-C to G).
- An important dye-forming coupler is a coupler which provides three primaries of subtractive color processes, i.e., yellow, magenta and cyan upon color development.
- Specific examples of a nondiffusible 4- or 2-equivalent dye-forming coupler of such a type include those described hereinafter besides those described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VII-C and D).
- Typical examples of yellow couplers which may be used in the present invention include known oxygen-releasing type yellow couplers and nitrogen-releasing type yellow couplers, ⁇ -Pivaloylacetanilide couplers are excellent in the fastness of color-forming dye, particularly in the fastness to light. On the other hand, ⁇ -benzoylacetanilide couplers can provide a high color density.
- magenta couplers which may be used in the present invention include a hydrophobic 5-pyrazolone and pyrazoloazole couplers containing ballast groups.
- Such 5-pyrazolone couplers preferably contain an arylamino group or an acylamino group as a substituent in the 3-position thereof in view of hue of the color-forming dye or color density.
- cyan couplers which may be used in the present invention, in addition to the cyan dye-forming couplers as described above, hydrophobic nondiffusible naphthonic and phenolic couples may be used. Preferred examples of such cyan couplers include oxygen-releasing type 2-equivalent naphtholic couplers.
- a coupler which provides a color-forming dye having a proper diffusibility may be used in combination with the above described couplers to improve the graininess.
- Specific examples of such couplers include magenta couplers as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,237, and yellow, magenta and cyan couplers as described in European Patent No. 96,570.
- the above described dye-forming couplers and special couplers may form a dimer or higher polymer.
- Typical examples of polymerized dye-forming couplers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,451,820.
- Specific examples of polymerized magenta couplers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,367,292.
- Couplers which release a photographically useful residual group may be preferably used in the present invention.
- Useful examples of DIR couplers which release a development inhibitor are described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VIIF).
- the present light-sensitive material may comprise a coupler which imagewise releases a nucleating agent or a development accelerator or a precursor thereof upon development.
- a coupler which imagewise releases a nucleating agent or a development accelerator or a precursor thereof upon development.
- Specific examples of such a coupler are described in British Patent Nos. 2,097,140 and 2,131,188.
- Other examples of such a coupler which may be used in the present invention include DIR redox compound-releasing couplers as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 185950/85, and couplers which release a dye which restores color after coupling release as described in European Patent No. 173,302A.
- the incorporation of the present couplers in the light-sensitive material can be accomplished by various known dispersion methods. Examples of high boiling point solvents which can be used in an oil-in-water dispersion method are described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,322,027. Specific examples of the process and effects of the latex dispersion method and latex for such dispersion method are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,199,363 and West German Patent Application (OLS) Nos. 2,541,274 and 2,541,230.
- the light-sensitive material to be used in the present invention may contain as a color antifoggants or color stain inhibitors hydroquinone derivatives, aminophenol derivatives, amine derivatives, gallic acid derivatives, catechol derivatives, ascorbic acid derivatives, colorless couplers, sulfonamidophenol derivatives or the like.
- the light-sensitive material to be used in the present invention may comprise a known discoloration inhibitor.
- a known discoloration inhibitor include hindered phenols such as hydroquinones, 6-hydroxycoumarones, 5-hydroxycoumarans, spirochromans, p-alkoxyphenols, hindered phenols or bisphenols, gallic acid derivatives, methylenedioxybenzenes, aminophenols, hindered amines, and ether or ester derivatives obtained by silylating or alkylating phenolic hydroxyl groups thereof.
- metal complexes such as (bissalicylaldoximate)nickel complex and (bis-N,N-dialkyldithiocarbamate)nickel complex may be used.
- the photographic emulsion layer and other layers may be coated on a flexible support such as plastic film commonly used for photographic light-sensitive materials.
- the coating of the photographic emulsion layer and other layers onto the support can be accomplished by any suitable method such as a dip coating method, a roller coating method, a curtain coating method and an extrusion coating method.
- the present invention can be applied to various color light-sensitive materials, for example, color light-sensitive materials for a color negative film for a motion picture, a color reversal film for a slide or TV, a color paper, a color positive film or a color reversal paper.
- a multilayer color light-sensitive material Specimen 101 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
- the coated amount of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by g/m 2 in terms of silver.
- the coated amount of coupler, additive and gelatin are represented by g/m 2 .
- the coated amount of sensitizing dye is represented in terms of molar number per mol of silver halide contained in the same layer.
- Emulsion Stabilizer Cpd-3 and Surface Active Agent Cpd-4 were added to each of these layers as coating aids in amounts of 0.04 g/m 2 and 0.02 g/m 2 , respectively. Furthermore, the undermentioned Compounds Cpd-5 and Cpd-6 were added to these layers in amounts of 0.5 g/m 2 . ##STR72##
- Specimens 102 to 105 were then prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 101 except that the respective couplers for the third, fourth, sixth, seventh, eleventh and twelfth layers were replaced by those shown in the following Table 1-1.
- the coated amount of silver in these Specimens 101 to 105 were all in the range of 6.05 ⁇ 0.02 g/m 2 .
- Color photographic light-sensitive material Specimens 101 to 105 thus prepared were then exposed to light and processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative supply of the color developing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
- the replenished amount of replenisher is represented in terms of the amount replenished per m 2 of the light-sensitive material.
- composition of the processing solutions were as follows:
- City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite IR-400 manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions were reduced to 3 mg/liter or less.
- a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin Amberlite IR-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.
- an OH type anion exchange resin Amberlite IR-400 manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.
- the pH of the washing solution thus prepared was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
- Specimen 101 was subjected to a continuous processing in the same manner as in Processing A except that the undermentioned bleaching accelerator was added to the bleaching solution (Processing B). ##STR73##
- the added amount of this bleaching accelerator was 5 ⁇ 10 -3 mol/liter-the bleaching solution.
- Specimen 101 was also subjected to a continuous processing in the same manner as in Processing A except that the undermentioned bleaching accelerator was added to the bleaching solution (Processing C). ##STR74##
- the added amount of this bleaching accelerator was 5 ⁇ 10 -3 mol/liter-the bleaching solution.
- specimens which had been exposed to light of 4,200° K. 20 CMS were processed. These specimens thus processed were measured for the amount of residual silver by a flourescent X-ray analysis method. After the continuous processings, the bleaching solution and the blixing solution were examined for the presence of any precipitate. The results are shown in Table I-2.
- Table I-2 shows that the present light-sensitive material specimens can provide images having a small amount of residual silver even if processed with a lesser amount of the processing solution replenished at the desilvering step. The results also show that the present light-sensitive material specimens leave a small amount of precipitate in the processing solution.
- Specimens 106 and 107 having different coated amounts of silver from Specimen 104 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 104 except that the coated amount of each layer was changed. These specimens were then subjected to a continuous processing in the same masnner as in Processing A of Example I-1.
- Example I-3 In the same manner as in Example I-1, these specimens were examined for the amount of residual silver at the beginning, the middle and the end of the continuous processing. These specimens were also checked for the presence of precipitate in the bleaching solution and the blixing solution after being processed. The results are shown in Table I-3.
- Example I-3 shows that the light-sensitive material specimens having 3.5 to 10.2 g of silver coated per m 2 provide excellent results.
- Specimens 101 to 105 prepared in Example I-1 were exposed to light and then processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative amount of the color developing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
- the replenished amount of replenisher is represented by the value per length of the specimen (l1 m).
- compositions of the processing solutions are described hereinafter.
- the color developing solution, the bleaching solution, the washing solution and the stabilizing solution were each prepared in the same manner as in Example I-1.
- Specimens 101 to 105 prepared in Example I-1 were exposed to light and then processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative replenished amount of the processing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
- the replenished amount of replenisher is represented by the amount supplied per unit length of the specimen (1 m).
- composition of the processing solutions is described hereinafter.
- a color photographic light-sensitive material Specimen 201 was prepared by coating the undermentioned first layer to twelfth layer on a paper support having polyethylene laminated on both surfaces thereof.
- the polyethylene contains titanium white as a white pigment and a slight amount of ultramarine as a bluish dye at the side thereof on which the first layer was coated.
- the coated amount of each composition is represented by g/m 2 .
- the coated amount of silver halide is represented in terms of amount of silver.
- the coated amounts of silver in Specimens 201 to 204 were all in the range of 1.29 ⁇ 0.01 g per m 2 of the specimen.
- Specimen 205 was then prepared in the same manner as Specimen 204 except that the coated amount in each layer was 1.5 times that of Specimen 204 (coated amount of silver: 1.93 g/m 2 ).
- the silver halide color photographic material Specimens 201 to 205 thus prepared were then exposed to light and processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner until the cumulative replenished amount of the color developing solution reached three times the capacity of the mother liquor tank.
- the first washing step and the third washing step were conducted in a countercurrent system. That is, first washing solution was replenished into the first washing tank (2). The overflow from the first washing tank (2) was introduced into the first washing tank (1). Second washing solution was replenished into the second washing tank (3). The overflow from the second washing tank (3) was introduced into the second washing tank (2). The overflow into the second washing tank (1).
- composition of the processing solutions were as follows:
- Second Washing Solution (mother liquor was also used as replenisher):
- City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-400 manufacture by Rohm & Haas Co. ) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions were reduced to 3 mg/liter or less.
- a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin Amberlite 1R-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.
- an OH type anion exchange resin Amberlite 1R-400 manufacture by Rohm & Haas Co.
- Table I-7 shows that the present processing method leaves a small amount of residual silver and provides an excellent image having a low minimum density in the same manner as Example I-1. However, Specimen 205 having much silver coated thereon shows an increase in the amount of residual silver.
- a multilayer color photographic light-sensitive material Speciment 301 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
- the coated amount of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by g/m 2 in terms of silver.
- the coated amount of coupler, additive and gelatin are represented by g/m 2 .
- the coated amount of sensitizing dye is represented in terms of molar number per mol of silver halide contained in the same layer.
- Specimens 302 to 316 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 301 except that Coupler C-9 in the seventh, eighth and ninth layers was replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-1 and Coupler C-3 and Coupler C-4 in the third, fourth and fifth layers were replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-1.
- the coated amount of these couplers in these specimens are represented in terms of the weight (g) per m 2 of the specimen.
- washing steps 1 and 2 were conducted in a countercurrent system in which water flows from the tank 2 to the tank 1.
- the composition of the processing solutions used in Processing (A) will be described hereinafter.
- the specimens were processed with the above described processing solutions and washing solution in the above described processing steps. The results were compared.
- Processing (B) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that NH 4 [Fe(III) (EDTA)] and EDTA.2Na in the blixing solution were replaced by the equimolecular amounts of NH 4 [FE(III)(DTPA)] (ferric ammonium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate) and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid as bleaching agents.
- NH 4 [Fe(III) (EDTA)] and EDTA.2Na in the blixing solution were replaced by the equimolecular amounts of NH 4 [FE(III)(DTPA)] (ferric ammonium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate) and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid as bleaching agents.
- Processing (C) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.20 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens wre not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes. Thus, the fixation of unexposed silver halide was examined.
- Processing (D) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (B) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.20 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens were not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes.
- Processing (E) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that 2-mercapto-1,3,4-triazole was added to the blixing solution as a known bleaching accelerator in an amount of 0.40 g/liter.
- Processing (F) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (E) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.2 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens were not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes.
- Table II-2 shows many interesting results.
- the use of the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers provides excellent images with a lesser amount of residual silver both in Processings (A) and (B) as compared to the case where the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers are not used.
- an unexpected result was obtained in the examination of the fixing capability in Processings (C) and (D).
- the blixing solution in worse in the fixing capability when it comprises a ferric diethylenetriaminepentaacetate complex salt (DTPA.Fe) as a bleaching agent than when it comprises a ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA.Fe).
- DTPA.Fe ferric diethylenetriaminepentaacetate complex salt
- the fixing capability is further deteriorated when the blixing solution contains a known bleaching accelerator.
- the light-sensitive materials comprising the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers give a surprising result.
- the light-sensitive materials comprising the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers exhibit a better fixing capability when DPTA.Fe is used than when no DTPA/Fe is used.
- the specimens comprising the cyan dye-forming couplers represented by the formulae (L-I) and (L-II) further improve their fixing capability.
- the blixing solution comprising a DTPA Fe (Processing (B)) is less susceptible to sulfurization and more excellent in stability than the blixing solution comprising EDTA Fe (Processing (A)).
- Example II-1 The specimens prepared in Example II-1 were stored at a temperature of 80° C. and a relative humidity of 70% for 7 days, and then examined for cyan density. On the other hand, the same specimens wre rebleached with a processing solution ("CN-16 N 2 ", manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) at a temperature of 38° C. for 10 minutes, and then examined for deterioration in color restoration. The results are shown in Table II-3. Table II-3 shows that the use of the cyan dye-forming couplers represented by the formulae (L-I) and (L-III) gives excellent results in preservation of cyan images and color restoration.
- a multilayer color light-sensitive material specimen 401 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
- Specimens 402 to 404 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 401 except that Coupler C-4' to be contained in the ninth, tenth and eleventh layers of Specimen 401 and Coupler C-5 to be contained in the fourteenth and fifteenth layers of Specimen 401 were replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-4 in equimolecular amounts.
- Specimens 401 to 404 thus prepared were processed in the undermentioned Processing Steps (G), (H), (I) and (J). These specimens had been previously exposed to light of 100 CMS and 4,200° K.
- composition of the processing solutions used were as follows:
- City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-120B, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-400, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions wre reduced to 3 mg/liter or less.
- a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin Amberlite 1R-120B, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.
- an OH type anion exchange resin Amberlite 1R-400, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.
- Processing Step (H) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium ethylenetriaminepentaacetate.
- Processing Step (I) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediamine tetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium cyclohexanediamine tetraacetate.
- Processing Step (J) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium 1,2-propylenediaminetetraacetate.
- Specimens 401 to 404 thus processed were examined for fluorescent X-ray analysis for the amount of residual silver in the light-sensitive material. The results are shown in Table II-5.
- Table II-5 shows that Specimen 402 to 404 exhibit excellent results with a small amount of residual silver when processed in Processing Steps (H) to (J) of the present invention.
- a method for the processing of a silver halide color photographic material which provides an excellent blixing capability, particularly fixing capability, and a high stability in the blixing solution can be acomplished.
- the present invention enables a very rapid desilvering of a color light-sensitive material. This rapidness can be further effectively attained by the combined use of a cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formulae (L-I) or (L-II).
- the present invention also enables an improvement in color restoration and image stability.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Silver Salt Photography Or Processing Solution Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
A novel method for processing a silver halide color photographic material. The process comprises imagewise exposing a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material to light, color-developing the light-sensitive material, and then desilvering the light-sensitive material, wherein: (a) said silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of anaromatic primary amine color developing agent to form a bleaching accelerator, (b) the desilvering step is conducted with a processing solution containing a ferric complex salt of an organic acid, and (c) the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering step satisfies either the following conditions (i) or (ii):
(i) the total amount of replenisher is 1,000 ml or less per m2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of the light-sensitive material is 2.0 g or more;
(ii) the total amount of replenisher is 400 ml or less per m2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of the light-sensitive material is less than 2.0 g.
Description
The present invention relates to a method for processing (hereinafter referred to as "processing") an exposed silver halide color photographic material (hereinafter referred to as "color light-sensitive material"). More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for rapidly processing a color light-sensitive material having an improved desilvering capability.
In general, the processing of a color light-sensitive material essentially consists of a color developing step and a desilvering step. In the color developing step, silver halide which has been exposed to light is reduced by a color developing agent to produce silver. At the same time, the color developing agent which as been oxidized reacts with a color forming agent (coupler) to provide color images. The silver thus produced is oxidized by a bleaching agent in a subsequent desilvering step and then acted on by a fixing agent to become a soluble silver complex which is then dissolved and removed.
The practical developing process comprises various auxiliary steps besides the above described basic steps in order to maintain photographic and physical qualities of the images or improve the preservability of the images. Examples of such auxiliary steps include a hardening step, a stopping step, an image stabilizing step, and a washing step.
In recent years, the industry has seen a growing demand for rapid processing, i.e., shorter time required for processing, especially at the desilvering step, which accounts for the majority of the total processing time.
As bleaching agents there have generally been known red prussiate, bichromate, ferric chloride, ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex, and persulfate.
However, red prussiate and bichromate have a disadvantage in that these salts can give cyanide or hexavalent chromium pollution and thus require a special treatment facility. Ferric chloride has a disadvantage in that it produces iron hydroxide or stain at the subsequent washing process, thereby impeding the practical use thereof. Persulfate has a disadvantage in that it requires a remarkably long period of time to finish bleaching due to its very weak bleaching effect.
Ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salts (particularly ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate complex salts) have less pollution problems and no storage problem as for persulfate and are therefore most widely put into practical use as bleaching agents.
However, it cannot always be said that ferric aminopolycarboxylate has a sufficient bleaching capability.
As a means of expediting the desilvering process there has heretofore been known a combined blixing solution containing ferric aminopolycarboxylate and thiosulfate as described in West German Patent No. 866,605. However, such a combined blixing solution has a disadvantage in that the coexistence of a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex, which has a weak oxidizing power (bleaching power), with a thiosulfate having a reducing power provides a much weaker bleaching power, making it extremely difficult to fully desilver a color light-sensitive material for photography having a high sensitivity and a high silver content, in particular.
Furthermore, if the processing is conducted with a reduced amount of replenisher of the processing solutions (i.e., bleaching solution, blixing solution and/or fixing solution) to be used in the desilvering of the silver halide color photographic material, in order to protect the environment, save costs, and simplify the processing, silver halide eluted from the light-sensitive material is accumulated in a high concentration as a silver complex in these processing solutions. This causes more precipitate to be produced or reduces the activity of the processing solutions, further weakening the bleaching power thereof. Thus, it was found that a reduction in the amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering process causes many difficulties.
On the other hand, as a method of improving the bleaching power there has been proposed a method which comprises adding various bleaching accelerators to the bleaching bath, blixing bath, or previous bath (prebath) thereof. Examples of such bleaching accelerators include various mercapto compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,893,858, British Patent No. 1,138,842, and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 141623/78 (the term "OPI" as used herein refers to a "published unexamined Japanese patent application"), compounds containing disulfide bonds as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 95630/78, thiazolidine derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 9854/78, isothiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 94927/78, thiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 8506/70, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 26586/74, thioamide compounds as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 42349/74, dithiocarbamate as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 26506/80, and arylenediamine compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,552,834.
It is certain that among these bleaching agents, those showing a bleach accelerating effect are present. However, those bleaching accelerators leave much to be desired in practicality. For example, some bleaching accelerators are expensive or have insufficient stability in a bath having a bleaching capability.
Furthermore, if the light-sensitive material is processed in a bleaching bath, blixing bath, or prebath thereof containing these various bleaching accelerators, and these bleaching accelerators are compounds containing mercapto groups, these mercapto compounds produce a sparingly soluble silver salt with unexposed silver halide or silver halide produced by the bleaching reaction in the emulsion layer of the light-sensitive material. Such a sparingly soluble silver salt cannot be solubilized by a fixing agent, possibly causing poor fixation.
Thus, the inventors have found that the reduction of the amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering process causes more silver ions to be accumulated in the desilvering bath, and these silver ions form a sparingly soluble silver salt with the mercapto compound, further reducing the bleach accelerating effect to an insufficient level. The inventors have also found that the presence of iodide ions in the desilvering solution promotes such a reaction.
Furthermore, the above described mercapto compounds include those which react with sulfite ions in the processing solution to undergo decomposition (Sulfur Dioxide, L. C. Schroeter, Pergamon Press (1966)). The ordinary blixing solution comprising a thiosulfate as a fixing agent contains a sulfite in combination. Therefore, such a mercapto compound is susceptible to decomposition in the blixing solution.
As described above, the use of such a mercapto bleaching accelerator in the processing solution or its prebath to be used in the desilvering process has many limitations.
On the other hand, there has been known a process which comprises processing a light-sensitive material containing such a mercapto compound or its precursor as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 135834/87 and 80649/87. However, if such a mercapto compound is contained in a light-sensitive material, it may greatly affect the photographic properties, and silver halide contained in unexposed portions in the light-sensitive material and such a mercapto compound form a sparingly soluble salt. Thus, this approach leaves much to be desired.
One object of the present invention is to provide a method for processing a silver halide color photographic material which enables rapid desilvering even with a reduced amount of replenisher of a desilvering solution.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for processing a color light-sensitive material which is excellent in the blixing capability, particularly in the fixing capability.
A further object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which enables the stabilization of the blixing solution.
Still another object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which causes fewer pollution problems.
Still a further object of the present invention is to provide a rapid desilvering step which cost less and is more practical than those currently available.
These objects of the present invention are accomplished by providing a method for processing a silver halide color photographic material which comprises imagewise exposing a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material to light, color-developing the light-sensitive material, and then desilvering the light-sensitive material, wherein: (a) the silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to form a bleaching accelerator, (b) the desilvering step is conducted with at least a processing solution containing a ferric complex salt of an organic acid, and (c) the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering step satisfies either the following conditions (i) and (ii):
(i) the total amount of replenisher is 1,000 ml or less per m2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of the light-sensitive material is 2.0 or more;
(ii) the total amount of replenisher is 400 ml or less per m2 of the light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of the light-sensitive material is less than 2.0 g.
When a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to release a bleaching accelerator (hereinafter referred to as "bleaching accelerator-releasing compound") is contained in a light-sensitive material in accordance with the present invention, the result is surprising in that very rapid desilvering can be made to occur even under the above described conditions (i) or (ii) wherein a very small amount of the processing solution is replenished.
Further, the present inventors found that these objects of the present invention are accomplished by a method for the processing of a silver halide color photographic material which comprises imagewise exposing the silver halide color photographic material to light, color-developing the silver halide color photographic material and then desilvering the light-sensitive material with a processing solution having a blixing capability, wherein the silver halide color photographic material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to release a bleaching accelerator, and the processing solution having a blixing capability contains preferably a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt having a molecular weight of 300 or more in the form of a free acid.
On the other hand, Research Disclosure, RD Nos. 24242 and 11449, and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 201247/86 describe methods using bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers. In the above described processed method, however, the light-sensitive material is bleached and then fixed after being color-developed. Since such a bleaching accelerator is stable in a bleaching solution so long as the replenished amount of the bleaching solution is in the normal range, the effect of the bleaching accelerator in the case where such a bleaching accelerator-releasing compound is used is similar to that of the case where such a bleaching accelerator is incorporated in the bleaching solution. Thus, the above described method provides no special effects. Furthermore, there has been no teaching that the use of a high molecular weight ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt providing a stable blixing solution as described herein can further eliminate the deterioration in the blixing capability, particularly in the fixing capability.
Another method has been proposed which comprises washing a light-sensitive material containing such a bleaching accelerator-releasing compound after being color-developed, and then subjecting the light-sensitive material to blixing. However, it was found that this method has a disadvantage in that the bleaching accelerator is washed out from the light-sensitive material in the washing bath, thereby impeding the expected bleach accelerating effect.
When a light-sensitive material containing the present bleaching accelerator-releasing coupler is color-developed, a bleaching accelerator is released in the vicinity of metal produced by development (hereinafter referred to as "developed silver") in an amount proportional to the amount of developed silver. Since such a bleaching accelerator is transferred to the subsequent desilvering process while being adsorbed by metal, it presumably prevents the reaction with silver ions and/or iodide compound ions which produces precipitates. Therefore, a light-sensitive material containing the present bleaching accelerator-releasing coupler which has been color-developed is preferably immediately processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability or a processing solution having a fixing capability and then with a processing solution having a blixing capability. If such a light-sensitive material which has been color-developed is washed with water, and then processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability, the bleach accelerating effect is disadvantageously eliminated. In order to prevent such an elimination of the bleach accelerating effect when the light-sensitive material is not immediately processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability or a processing solution having a fixing capability and then with a processing solution having a blixing capability, the light-sensitive material which has been color-developed is preferably immediately processed with a processing solution having a salt concentration of 2×10-3 mol/l or more, and then processed with a processing solution having a blixing capability.
The condition (i) wherein the coated amount of silver per m2 of the silver halide photographic material is 2.0 g or more (particularly from 2.0 to 20 g) can be applied to color negative film, color reversal film, color negative film for motion picture, color internegative film, etc. In the present invention, the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering of such light-sensitive materials can be remarkably reduced to 1,000 ml or less, and preferably from 100 to 700 ml, per m2 of the light-sensitive material.
The condition (ii) wherein the coated amount of silver per m2 of the silver halide photographic material is less than 2.0 g (particularly from 0.3 to less than 2.0 g) can be applied to color paper, reversal color paper, automatic positive color paper, color positive paper for motion picture, etc. In the present invention, the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering of such light-sensitive materials can be remarkably reduced to 400 ml or less, preferably 300 ml or less, and particularly preferably from 50 to 300 ml, per m2 of the light-sensitive material.
The desilvering step as mentioned herein normally consists of one or a combination of two or three of processing with a processing solution having a bleaching capability (bleaching), processing with a processing solution having a blixing capability (blixing), and processing with a processing solution having a fixing capability (fixing).
Examples of such a combination include the following:
(1) Bleaching-Fixing
(2) Bleaching-Blixing
(3) Blixing
(4) Fixing-Blixing
(5) Bleaching-Blixing-Fixing
(6) Blixing-Bleaching
(7) Blixing-Fixing
In view of the rapid processing, preferred among these combinations is the combination (2) as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 143755/86. Also, the combination (3) having less steps may be preferably used for the purpose of simplifying the processing.
In the present invention, the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in the desilvering means the replenished amount of the processing solution if the desilvering process consists of only one desilvering process as in the combination (3) or the total of the replenished amount of two or more desilvering solutions if the desilvering process consists of two or more desilvering steps as in the combinations (1), (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7).
A preferred example of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the formula (I):
A.sub.0 --(L.sub.0).sub.p --Z.sub.0 (I)
wherein A0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L0)p --Z0 bond; L0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z0 ; Z0 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A0 --(L0); and p represents an integer of 1 to 3, with the proviso that when p is a plural number, the plurality of L0 may be the same or different.
Another preferred example of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the formula (I'):
A.sub.1 --(L.sub.1)a --(L.sub.2).sub.b --Z.sub.1 (I')
wherein A1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L1)a --(L2)b --Z1 bond; L1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L2)b --Z1 bond; Z2 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z1 ; Z1 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A1 --(L1)a --(L2)b ; and a and b each represents an integer of 0 or 1.
In the formulae (I) and (I'), A0 and A1 particularly represent coupler residual groups or oxidation reduction groups.
As such coupler residual groups represented by A0 and A1, known coupler residual groups can be used. Examples of such coupler residual groups include yellow coupler residual groups such as open chain ketomethylene type coupler residual groups; magenta coupler residual groups such as the 5-pyrazolone type, pyrazoloimidazole type and pyrazolotriazole type coupler residual groups; cyan coupler residual groups such as the phenol type and naphthol type coupler residual groups; and colorless coupler residual groups such as the indanone type and acetophenone type coupler residual groups. Other preferred examples of such coupler residual groups include heterocyclic coupler residual groups as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,315,070, 4,183,752, 3,961,959 and 4,171,223.
Preferred examples of the coupler residual groups represented by A1 in the formula (I') include coupler residual groups represented by the following formulae (Cp-1), (Cp-2), (Cp-3), (Cp-4), (Cp-5), (Cp-6), (Cp-7), (Cp-8), (Cp-9) and (Cp-10). These couplers advantageously have a high coupling rate. ##STR1##
In these formulae, the free bond stemming from the coupling position represents the position at which a coupling-off group is bonded to the coupler.
In these formulae, if R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, R57, R58, R59, R60, R61, R62 or R63 contains a nondiffusible group, it is selected such that the total number of carbon atoms contained therein is from 8 to 40, and preferably from 10 to 30, and if it contains no nondiffusible group, it is selected such that the total number of carbon atoms contained therein is preferably 15 or less. If the formulae (I) and (I') are a bis, telomer or polymer type coupler, any one of the above described substitutents R51 to R63 represents a divalent group which connects repeating units. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms contained in the coupler may not be within the above specified limit.
The substituents R51 to R63 and the suffixes d and e are further described hereinafter. R41 represents an aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic group. R42 represents an aromatic or heterocyclic group. R43, R44 and R45 each represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group or a heterocyclic group.
R51 represents the same group as R41. R52 and R53 each represents the same group as R42. R54 represents the same group as R41 or represents an ##STR2## an R41 S-- group, an R43 O-- group, an ##STR3## or an N.tbd.C-- group. R55 represents the same group as R41. R56 and R57 each represents the same group as R43 or represents an R41 S-- group, an R43 O-- group, an ##STR4## R58 represents the same group as R41. R59 represents the same group as R41 or represents as ##STR5## an R41 O-- group, an R41 S-- group, a halogen atom, or an ##STR6## The suffix d represents an integer of 0 to 3. When d is a plural number, the plurality of R59 may be the same or different or may be divalent groups which connect each other to form a cyclic structure. Typical examples of such divalent groups include the following compounds: ##STR7## wherein f represents an integer of 0 to 4; and g represents an integer of 0 to 2. R60 represents the same group as R41. R61 represents the same group as R41. R62 represents the same group as R41 or represents an R41 CONH-- group. R62 represents the same group as R41 or represents an R41 OCONH-- group, an R41 SO2 NH-- group, an ##STR8## an R43 O-- group, an R41 S-- group, a halogen atom, or an ##STR9## R63 represents the same group as R41 or represents an ##STR10## an R41 SO2 -- group, an R43 OCO-- group, an R43 O--SO2 -- group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group or an R43 CO-- group. The suffix e represents an integer of 0 to 4. When there are a plurality of R62 or R63, these may be the same or different.
In the foregoing description, the aliphatic group is a saturated or unsaturated, chain or cyclic, straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group (having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms). Typical examples of such an aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-amino group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, a 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a hexadecyl group and an octadecyl group.
The above described aromatic group is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
The above described heterocyclic group is preferably a 3- to 5-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group (having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 7 carbon atoms) containing atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as hetero atoms. Typical examples of such a heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-chienyl group, a 2-furyl group, a 1-imidazolyl group, a 1indolyl group, a phthalimide group, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-yl group, a 2-quinolyl group, a 2,4-dioxo-1,3-imidazolidine-5-yl group, a 2,4-dioxo-1,3-imidazolidine-3-yl group, a succinimide group, a 1,2,4-triazole-2-yl group and a 1-pyrazolyl group.
When the above described aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group contain substituents, typical examples of such substituents include halogen atoms, an R47 O-- group, an R46 S-- group, an ##STR11## an R47 OCO-- group, an ##STR12## a group having the same means as R46, an ##STR13## an R46 COO-- group, an R47 OSO2 -- group, a cyano group, and a nitro group. In the above described formulae, R46 represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, and R47, R48 and R49 each represents an aliphatic group, n aromatic group, a heterocyclic group or a hydrogen atom. The aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups have the same meanings as described above.
Preferred examples of R51 to R63, and d and e will be described hereinafter.
R51 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
R52, R53 and R55 each is preferably an aromatic group.
R54 is preferably an R41 COHN-- group or an ##STR14## R56 and R57 each is preferably an aliphatic group, an R41 O-- group or an R41 S-- group. R58 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group. In the formula (Cp-6), R59 is preferably a chlorine atom, an aliphatic group or an R41 CONH-- group. The suffix d is preferably 1 or 2. R60 is preferably an aromatic group. In the formula (Cp-7), R59 is preferably an R41 CONH-- group. In the formula (Cp-7), the suffix d is preferably 1. R61 is preferably an aliphatic group or an aromatic group. In the formula (Cp-8), the suffix e is preferably 0 or 1. R62 is preferably an R41 OCONH-- group, an R41 CONH-- group or an R41 SO2 NH-- group. These substituents preferably substitute the hydrogen atom in the 5-position of the naphthol ring. In the formula (Cp-9), R63 is preferably an R41 CONH-- group, an R41 SO2 NH-- group, an ##STR15## an R41 SO2 -- group, an ##STR16## a nitro group or a cyano group. In the formula (Cp-10), R63 is preferably an ##STR17## an R43 CCO-- group or an R43 CO-- group.
Typical examples of R51 to R63 will be described hereinafter.
Examples of R51 include a t-butyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a phenyl group, a 3-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group and a methyl group. Examples of R52 and R53 include a 2-chloro-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-hexadecylsulfonamidophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-tetradecanamidophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-[4(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, a 2-methoxy-5-tetradecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-chloro-5-(1-ethoxycarbonylethoxycarbonyl)phenyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-chloro-5-octyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-(1-dodecyloxycarbonylethoxycarbonyl)phenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group and a 2-ethoxyphenyl group.
Examples of R54 include a 3-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]benzamide group, a 3-[4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butnamido]benzamide group, a 2-chloro-5-tetradecanamidoaniline group, a 5-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamido)benzamide group, a 2-chloro-5-dodecenylsuccinimidoanilino group, a 2-chloro-5-[2-(3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)tetradecanamido]anilino group, a 2,2-dimethylpropanamide group, a 2-(3-pentadecylphenoxy)butanamide group, a pyrrolidino group and an N,N-dibutylamino group. Preferred examples of R55 include a 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 2,5-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,3-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,6-dichloro-4-methoxyphenyl group, a 4-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butanamido]phenyl group and a 2,6-dichloro-4-methanesulfonylphenyl group. Examples of R56 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a 3-phenylureido group and a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group. Examples of R57 include a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 3-[4-{2-[4-(4-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl)phenoxy]tetradecanamido}phenyl]-propyl group, a methoxy group, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a methyl group, a 1-methyl-2-{2-octyloxy-5-[2-octyloxy-5-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenylsulfonamido]phenylsulfonamido} ethyl group, a 3-[4-(4-dodecyloxyphenylsulfonamido)phenyl]propyl group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-[2-octyloxy-5-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenylsulfonamido]ethyl group and a dodecylthio group. Examples of R58 include a 2-chlorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a heptafluoropropyl group, a 1-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 2,4-di-t-amylmethyl group and a furyl group. Examples of R59 include a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)-butanamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)hexanamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-octylphenoxy)octanamide group, a 2-(2-chlorophenoxy)tetradecanamide group, a 2-[4-(4-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl)phenoxy]phenoxy]tetradecanamide group and a 2-[2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamido)phenoxy]butanamide group. Examples of R60 include a 4-cyanophenyl group, a 2-cyanophenyl group, a 4-butylsulfonylphenyl group, a 4-propylsulfonylphenyl group, a 4-chloro-3-cyanophenyl group, a 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl group and a 3,4-dichlorophenyl group. Example of R61 include a dodecyl group, a hexadecyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propyl group, a 4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butyl group, a 3-dodecyloxypropyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-methoxy-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group and a 1-naphthyl group. Examples of R62 include an isobutyloxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a methanesulfonamide group, a benzamide group, a trifluoroacetamide group, a 3-phenylureido group, a butoxycarbonylamino group and an acetamide group. Examples of R63 include a 2,4-di-t-amylphenoxyacetamide group, a 2-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)-butanamide group, a hexadecylsulfonamide group, an N-methyl-N-octadecylsulfamoyl group, an N,N-dioctylsulfamoyl group, a 4-t-octylbenzoyl group, a dodecyloxycarbonyl group, a chlorine atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an N-[4-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)butyl]carbamoyl group, an N-3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylsulfamoyl group, a methanesulfonyl group and a hexadecylsulfonyl group.
If A0 in the formula (I) represents an oxidation reduction group, the present compound is specifically represented by the formula (II):
A.sub.11 --P--(X═Y).sub.n --Q--A.sub.12 (II)
wherein P and Q each independently represents an oxygen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted imino group; at least one of n number of X and Y represents a methine group containing --(L1)a --(L2)b --Z1 as a substituent and the other X and Y each represents a substituted or unsubstituted methine group or a nitrogen atom; n represents an integer of 1 to 3 (n number of X and Y may be the same or different); and A11 and A12 each represents a hydrogen atom or a group removable by an alkali. Any two substituents of P, X, Y, Q, A11 and A12 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. For example, (X═Y)n may form a benzene ring or a pyridine ring.
When P and Q each represents a substituted or unsubstituted imino group, they are each preferably an imino group substituted by a sulfonyl group or an acyl group.
In this case, P and Q are each represented by the following formulae: ##STR18## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the imino group is bonded to A11 or A12 and the mark ** represents the position at which the imino group is bonded to one of the free bonds of --(X═Y)n.
In the above described formulae, preferred examples of the group represented by G include straight chain or branched, chain or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic groups, having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a phenoxybutyl group and an isopropyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group and a 4-dodecyloxyphenyl group, and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic groups containing as a hetero atom an atom selected from a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom such as a 2-pyridyl group, a 1-phenyl-4-imidazolyl group, a 2-furyl group and a benzochienyl group.
In the formula (II), P and Q preferably each independently represents an oxygen group or a group represented by the formula (N-1).
When A11 and A12 each represents a group removable by an alkali (hereinafter referred to as "precursor group"), preferred examples of such a precursor group include hydrolyzable groups such as an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a sulfonyl group, precursor groups of the type using the reverse Michael reaction as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,009,029, precursor groups of the type using as an intramolecular nucleophilic group an anion produced upon a ring cleavage reaction as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,310,612, precursor groups which undergo electronic migration of anions through a conjugated system to cause a ring cleavage reaction as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,674,478, 3,932,480 and 3,993,661, precursor groups which undergo electronic migration of anions after a ring cleavage reaction to cause a cleavage reaction, and precursor groups using an imidomethyl group as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,363,865 and 4,410,618.
In the formula (II), P is preferably an oxygen atom, and A12 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the formula (II), the other X and Y which is not a methine group having an --(L1)a --(L2)b --Z1 group each is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted methine group.
Particularly preferred among groups represented by the formula (II) are those represented by the formulae (III) or (IV): ##STR19## wherein the mark * represents the position at which it is bonded to --(L1)a --(L2)b --Z1 ; P, Q, A11 and A12 have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (II); R64 represents a substituent; and q represents an integer of 0 to 3. When g is 2 or 3, the two or more R64 may be the same or different. when the two R64 are substituents on adjacent carbon atoms, they may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. Examples of such a cyclic structure include benzene condensed rings such as naphtahalene, benzonortholunene, chroman, indole, benzothiophene, quinoline, benzofuran, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, indane and indene. These cyclic structures may further contain one or more substituents. Preferred examples of such substituents and R64 containing no condensed rings include an R41 group, a halogen atom, an R43 O-- group, an R43 S-- group, an ##STR20## an R43 OOC-- group, an R41 SO2 -- group, an ##STR21## an R43 CO-- group, an R41 COO-- group, an ##STR22## a cyano group and an ##STR23##
In the above described formulae, R41, R43, R44 and R45 represent the same meanings as in the above described formulae (I) and (I'). Typical examples of R64 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a t-butyl group, a methoxy group, a methylthio group, a dodecylthio group, a 3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylthio group, an N-3-(2,4-di-t-amylphenoxy)propylcarbamoyl group, an N-methyl-N-octadecyloxycarbamoyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a dodecyloxycarbonyl group, a propylcarbamoyl group, a hydroxyl group, and an N,N-dioctylcarbamoyl group. Examples of a cyclic structure formed by two R64 include a group represented by the formula: ##STR24##
In the formulae (III) and (IV), P and Q each preferably represents an oxygen atom.
In the formulae (III) and (IV), A11 and A12 each preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
In the formula (I'), the group represented by L1 or L2 may or may not be used in the present invention. Such a group is preferably not used in the present invention but may be optionally used depending on the purpose. When L1 and L2 each represents a timing group, examples of such a timing group include the following known connecting groups:
(1) Group using hemiacetal cleavage reaction:
Examples of such a group include those represented by the undermentioned formula (T-1) as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,146,396 and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 249148/85 and 249149/85. The mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (II), and the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (II). ##STR25## wherein W represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or an ##STR26## R65 and R66 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R67 represents a substituent; and t represents an integer of 1 or 2. When t is 2, the two groups ##STR27## may be the same or different. Typical examples of the substitutents represented by R65, R66 and R67 include an R69 group, an R69 CO-- group, an R69 SO2 -- group, an ##STR28## In these formulae, R69 represents the same group as R41 in the formulae (I) and (I'), and R70 represents the same group as R43 in the formulae (I) and (I'), R65, R66 and R67 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T11) include the following groups: ##STR29##
(2) Group which uses an intramolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction to cause a cleavage reaction:
Examples of such a group include timing groups as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,962. Such timing groups can be represented by the formula (T-2):
*--Nu--Link--E--** (T-2)
wherein the mark * represents the position at which the timing group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (II); the mark ** represents the position at which the timing group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (II); Nu represents a nucleophilic group containing as a nucleophilic atom an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; E represents an electrophilic group capable of cleaving its connection with the mark ** upon a nucleophilic attack by Nu; and Link represents a connecting group which gives a steric relation between Nu and E such that they can undergo an intramolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction. Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-2) include the following groups: ##STR30##
(3) Group which uses electronic migration through a conjugated system to cause a cleavage reaction:
Examples of such a group include those represented by the undermentioned formula (T-3) as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,409,323 and 4,21,845. ##STR31## wherein the marks * and **, W, R65, R66 and t have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (T-1). Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-3) include the following groups: ##STR32##
(4) Group using a cleavage reaction by hydrolysis of ester:
Examples of such a group include connecting groups as described in West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 2,626,315. These connecting groups may be represented by the following formulae: ##STR33## wherein the marks * and ** have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (T-1).
(5) Group using a cleavage reaction of iminoketal:
Examples of such a group include connecting groups represented by the undermentioned formula (T-6) as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,546,073. ##STR34## wherein the marks * and **, and W have the same meanings as described with reference to the formual (T-1); and R68 has the same meaning as R67. Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (T-6) include the following groups: ##STR35##
In the formula (I'), when the group represented by L1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent after cleavage from A1 to cause cleavage of the (L2)b --Z1 bond, it specifically represents a group which becomes a coupler or an oxidation reduction group after cleavage from A1. Similarly, when the group represented by L2 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent after cleavage from A1 --(L1)b to cause cleavage of the connection with Z1, it specifically represents a group which becomes a coupler or an oxidation reduction group after cleavage from A1 --(L1)b.
In such a group which becomes, for example, a phenolic coupler, it is bonded to A1 -- or A1 --(L1)b -- at the oxygen atom of a hydroxyl group free of the hydrogen atom. In such a group which becomes a 5-pyrazolone type coupler, it is bonded to A1 -- or A1 --(L1)b -- at the oxygen atom of hydrogen free hydroxyl group in tautomerism with 5-hydroxypyrazole. In these cases, such a group is separated from A1 -- or A1 --(L1)b -- to become a phenolic coupler or a 5-pyrazolone type coupler. These coupling positions have (L2)b --Z1 or Z1.
Preferred examples of L1 and L2 which each represents a group which becomes a coupler include groups represented by the undermentioned formulae (V), (VI), (VII) and (VIII). In these formulae, the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (I), and the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (I). ##STR36## where V1 and V2 each represents a substituent; V3, V4, V5 and V6 each represents a nitrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted methine group; V7 represents a substituent; x represents an integer of 0 to 4; V8 represents a --CO-- group, an --SO2 -- group, an oxygen atom or a substituted imino group; V9 represents nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- to 8-membered ring together with ##STR37## and V10 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, with the proviso that when x is a plural number, the plurality of V7 may be the same or different or two V7 may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure, and that V1 and V2 may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a 5- to 8-membered ring together with ##STR38##
V1 preferably represents an R71 group. Preferred examples of V2 include an R72 group, an R72 CO-- group, an ##STR39## an R72 SO2 -- group, an R72 S-- group, an R72 O-- group and an ##STR40## Examples of the cyclic ring formed by the connection of V1 and V2 include indene, indole, pyrazole and benzothiophene.
Preferred examples of the substituents represented by V3, V4, V5 and V6 which represent a substituted methine group include an R71 group, and R73 O-- group, an R71 S-- group and an R71 CONH-- group.
Preferred examples of V7 include a halogen atom, an R71 group, an R71 CONH-- group, an R71 SO2 NH-- group, an R73 O-- group, an R71 S-- group, an ##STR41## an R71 CO-- group and an R73 OOC group. Examples of the cyclic structure formed by the linkage of a plurality of V7 include naphathalene, quinoline, oxyindole, benzodiazepine-2,4-dione, benzimidazole-2-one and benzothiophene.
Preferred examples of the substituted imino group represented by V8 include an R73 < group.
Preferred examples of the cyclic structure which is formed by V9 together with ##STR42## include indole, imidazolinone, 1,2,5-thiazoline-1,1-dioxide, 3-pyrazoline-5-one, 3-isooxazoline-5-one and ##STR43##
Preferred examples of V10 include an R73 -- group, an R73 O-- group, an ##STR44## and an R71 S-- group.
In the foregoing description, R71 and R72 each represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, and R73, R74 and R75 each represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. The aliphatic group, the aromatic group and the heterocyclic group have the same meanings as described with reference to R41 in the formulae (I) and (I'), with the proviso that the total number of carbon atoms contained in each of these groups is preferably 10 or less.
Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (V) include the following groups: ##STR45##
Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VI) include the following groups: ##STR46##
Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VII) include the following groups: ##STR47##
Typical examples of the group represented by the formula (VIII) include the following groups: ##STR48##
In the formula (I'), when the group represented by L1 and L2 represents a group which becomes an oxidation reduction group, it preferably is a group represented by the formula (IX):
*--P'--(X'═Y').sub.n' --Q'--A'.sub.2 (IX)
wherein the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (I'); A'2, P', Q' and n' have the same meanings as described in A12, P, Q and n in the formula (II); and at least one of n' number of X' and Y' represents a methine group containing --L2)--Z1 or Z1 as a substituent and the other X' and Y' each represents a substituted or unsubstituted methine group or nitrogen atom. Any two substituents selected from A'2, P', Q', X' and Y' may be divalent groups which are connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. Examples of such a cyclic structure include a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
In the formula (IX), P' preferably represents an oxygen atom, and Q' preferably represents an oxygen atom or a grouop represented by the undermentioned formulae. In these formulae, the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to (X'═Y')n', and the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to A'2. ##STR49## wherein G' has the same meaning as described in G in the formulae (N-1) and (N-2).
Q' is particularly preferably an oxygen atom or a group represented by ##STR50##
Particularly preferred among the groups represented by the formula (IX) are those represented by the following formulae (X) and (XI): ##STR51## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to the left hand of the group of the formula (I); the mark ** represents the position at which the group is bonded to the right hand of the group of the formula (I); R76 has the same meaning as R64 in the formulae (III) or (IV); and y represents an integer of 0 to 3, with the proviso that when y is a plural number, the plurality of R76 may be the same or different or two of these R76 may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
Particularly preferred examples of R76 include an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; an acylamino group such as an acetamide group and a benzamide group; a sulfonamide group such as a methanesulfonamide group and a benzenesulfonamide group; an alkylthio group such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group; a carbamoyl group such as an N-propylcarbamoyl group, an N-t-butylcarbamoyl group and an N-i-propylcarbamoyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group and a propoxycarbonyl group; an aliphatic group such as a methyl group and a t-butyl group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom; a sulfamoyl group such as an N-propylsulfamoyl group and a sulfamoyl group; an acyl group such as an acetyl group and a benzoyl group; a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Typical examples of the cyclic structure formed by the connection of two R76 include a group represented by the following formula: ##STR52## wherein the marks * and ** have the same meanings as described with reference to the formula (XI).
In the formula (I'), the group represented by Z1 specifically represents a known bleaching accelerator residual group. Examples of such a bleaching accelerator residual group include various mercapto compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,893,858, British Patent No. 1,138,842, and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 141623/78; compounds containing a disulfide bond as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 95630/78; thiazolidine derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 9854/78; isothiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 94927/78; thiourea derivatives as described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 8506/70 and 26586/74; thioamide compounds as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 42349/74; dithiocarbamates as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 26506/80; and arylenediamine compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,552,834. These compounds are preferably bonded to A1 --(L1)a--(L2)b -- in the formula (I') at a substitutable hetero atom contained in the molecule.
Particularly preferred examples of the group represented by Z1 include groups represented by the following formulae (XII), (XIII) and (XIV): ##STR53## wherein the mark * represents the position at which the group is bonded to A--(L1)a --(L2)b --; R1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R2 has the same meaning as R1 or represents a divalent aromatic group or a 3- to 8-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered divalent heterocyclic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms; X1 represents--O--,--S--,--COO--,--SO2 --, ##STR54## X2 represents an aromatic group having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms; X3 represents a 3- to 8-membered, preferably 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group containing at least one carbon atom bonded to S in the ring; Y1 represents a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, a hydroxyl group, a phosphonic acid group or a salt thereof, an amino group which may be substituted by an aliphatic group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an --NHSO2 --R5 or --SO2 NH--R5 group (the term "salt" as used herein means a sodium salt, a potassium salt or an ammonium salt); Y2 represents a hydrogen atom or a group having the same meaning as described with reference to Y1 ; r represents an integer of 0 or 1; l represents an integer of 0 to 4; m represents an integer of 1 to 4; and u represents an integer of 0 to 4, with the proviso that m number of Y1 are bonded to each substitutable position in R1 --{(X1)r --R2 }l and X2 --{(X1)r --R2 }l, that u number of Y1 are bonded to each substitutable position in X3 --{(X1)r --R2 }l, that when m is a plural number, m number of Y1 may be the same or different, and that when l is a plural number, l number of {(X1 )r --R2 } may be the same or different. In the above formulae, R3, R4 and R5 each represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The aliphatic group represented by R1 or R5 may be a chain or cyclic, straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted, or unsubstituted, preferably unsubstituted aliphatic group. Examples of substituents for the substituted aliphatic group represented by R1 or R5 include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; and an alkylthio group such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group.
The aromatic group represented by X2 or R2 may contain substituents. Examples of such substituents include those described with reference to the aliphatic group represented by R1 or R5.
The heterocyclic group represented by X3 or R2 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing as a hetero atom an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom. Examples of such a heterocyclic group include a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a piperidine ring, an oxirane ring, a sulforane ring, an imidazolidine ring, a thiazepine ring and a pyrazole ring. Examples of substitutents for such heterocyclic groups include those described with reference to the aliphatic group represented by R1 or R5.
Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (XII) include the following groups: ##STR55##
Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (XIII) include the following groups: ##STR56##
Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (XIV) include the following groups: ##STR57##
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I') include bis, telomer, and polymer compounds. Examples of such a polymer compound include a polymer containing repeating units represented by the formula (XVI) derived from a monomer represented by the formula (XV) and a copolymer of one or more noncoloring monomers containing at least one ethylene group incapable of coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent. Two or more monomers represented by the formula (XV) may be polymerized at the same time. ##STR58## wherein R represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom; A21 represents--CONH --, --NHCONH--, --NHCOO--, --COO--, --SO2 --,--CO--, --NHCO--, --SO2 NH--, --NHSO2 --, --OCO--, --OCONH--, --NH--or --O--; A22 represents --CONH-- or --COO--; and A23 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, an aralkylene group or an arylene group. Such an alkylene group may be a straight chain or branched group. Examples of such an alkylene group include methylene, methylmethylene, dimethylmethylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene and decylmethylene. Examples of the aralkylene group represented by A23 include benzylidene. Examples of the arylene group represented by A23 include phenylene and naphthylene.
In the formula (XV) or (XVI), QQ represents a residual group of the compound represented by the formula (I'). QQ may be bonded to the main body of the group represented by the formula (XV) or (XVI) at any position in the substituent as described with reference to the residual group of the compound represented by the formula (I') except for the group represented by Z1.
The suffixes i, j and k each represents 0 to 1 but are not 0 at the same time.
Examples of the substituents for the alkylene group, the aralkylene group or the arylene group represented by A23 include an aryl group such as a phenyl group; a nitro group; a hydroxyl group; a cyano group; a sulfo group; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group; an acylamino group such as an acetylamino group; a sulfonamide group such as a methanesulfonamide group; a sulfamoyl group such as a methylsulfamoyl group; a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine; a carboxyl group; a carbamoyl group such as a methylcarbamoyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group; and a sulfonyl group such as a methylsulfonyl group. When two or more of these substitutents are contained in the alkylene group, the aralkylene group or the arylene group represented by A23, they may be the same or different.
Examples of the noncoloring ethylenic monomer incapable of coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent include an acrylic acid, an α-chloroacrylic acid, an α-alkylacrylic acid and ester or amide derived from these acrylic acids, methylenebisacrylamide, a vinyl ester, acrylonitrile, an aromatic vinyl compound, maleic acid derivatives and vinylpyridines. Two or more of these noncoloring ethylenically unsaturated monomers may be used at the same time.
In the formula (I'), any two of the groups represented by A1, L1, L2 and Z1 may optionally contain bonding hands other than the bonding hand represented by the formula (I'). This second bonding hand can provide the effects of the present invention without being severed upon development. Examples of such a bonding hand include the following bonding hands: ##STR59##
Particularly preferred among these bonding hands is one represented by the formula (XVII): ##STR60## wherein L2, b, Z1, R58 and R59 have the same meanings as in the formula (I') described above; h and v each represents an integer of 0 to 1; and A34 represents a divalent organic residual group which forms a 5- to 8-membered ring. Examples of the divalent organic residual group represented by A34 include --O--CH<, ##STR61## and --S--CH< groups.
Specific examples of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound to be used in the present invention will be described hereinafter, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto. ##STR62##
Other examples of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound which can be used in the present invention include those described in Research Disclosure, RD Nos. 24241 and 11449, Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 201247/86, and Japanese Patent Application Nos. 252847/86, 268870/86 and 268871/86.
The synthesis of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound to be used in the present invention may be easily accomplished in accordance with the description in the above described patents.
The amount of the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention to be added to the light-sensitive material is preferably in the range of from 1×10-7 to 1×10-1 mol, particularly from 1×10-6 to 5×10-2 mol, per m2 of the light-sensitive material. The bleaching accelerator-releasing compound may be incorporated into any layers in the light-sensitive material but is preferably incorporated into a light-sensitive emulsion layer. The more light-sensitive emulsion layers the present compound is incorporated in, the more remarkable the effects of the present invention become.
The desilvering step of the present invention may be two steps in which the bleaching step and fixing step are separately carried out, but is preferably one step (one bath) in which only bleach step is carried out.
The processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability is described hereinafter. Examples of a bleaching agent to be used for the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability include oxidizing agents such as a ferric complex salt, e.g., an iron ferricyanide complex salt and a ferric citrate complex salt, persulfate, and peroxide, e.g., hydrogen peroxide. Preferred examples of such a bleaching agent include a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt, and a complex of ferric ion with an aminopolycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof.
Particularly preferred bleaching agents to be used for the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability is a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt having a molecular weight of generally 300 or more, preferably from 300 to 600, and particularly preferably from 300 to 500, in the form of a free acid.
Typical examples of such an aminopolycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof include the following compounds:
A- 1: Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
A- 2: Pentasodium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate
A- 3: Ethylenediamine-N-(β-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetic acid
A- 4: Trisodium ethylenediamine-N-(β-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate
A- 5: Triammonium ethylenediamine-N-(β-oxyethyl)-N,N',N'-triacetate
A- 6: 1,2-Diaminopropanetetraacetic acid
A- 7: Disodium 1,2-diaminopropanetetraacetate
A- 8: Nitrilotriacetic acid
A- 9: Sodium nitrilotriacetate
A-10: Cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid
A-11: Disodium cyclohexanediaminetetraacetate
A-12: N-Methyliminodiacetic acid
A-13: Iminodiacetic acid
A-14: Dihydroxyethyl glycine
A-15: Ethyletherdiaminetetraacetic acid
A-16: Glycoletherdiaminetetraacetic acid
A-17: Ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid
A-18: 1,3-Diaminepropanetetraacetic acid
A-19: Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
A-20: 1,2-Propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, or alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
A-21: Triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
A-22: 1,4-Diaminobutanetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
A-23: 2-Propanoldiaminetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
A-24: 1,3-Butylenediaminetetraacetic acid or alkaline salts or ammonium salts thereof
The present invention should not be construed as being limited to these exemplary compounds.
Among theses, preferred compounds are A-1, A-2, A-6, A-7, A-10, A-11, A-12, A-16 and A-18. A particularly preferred compound is diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (A-1).
Such a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt may be used in the form of a complex salt. Alternatively, a ferric salt such as ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, ferric ammonium sulfate and ferric phosphate may be used with an aminopolycarboxylic acid to form a ferric ion complex salt in the solution. When the ferric salt is used in the form of a complex salt, one or more complex salts may be used. On the other hand, when a ferric salt and an aminopolycarboxylic acid are used to form a complex salt in a solution, one or more ferric salts may be used. Furthermore, one or more aminopolycarboxylic acids may be used. In any case, an aminopolycarboxylic acid may be used in an excess amount beyond the amount required to form a ferric ion complex salt.
Alternatively, a combination of at least one of ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salts except for A-19 and a ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate complex salt may be used.
The processing solution capable of blixing containing the above described ferric complex salt may contain a complex salt of a metal ion other than a ferric ion such as cobalt, nickel and copper.
The content of bleaching agent per liter of the present processing solution having a blixing capability is in the range of 0.1 to 1 mol and preferably 0.2 to 0.5 mol. The pH value of the bleaching bath is preferably in the range of 4.0 to 8.0 and particularly preferably 5.0 to 7.5.
The processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain a rehalogenizing agent such as bromide, e.g., potassium bromide, sodium bromide and ammonium bromide; and chloride, e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride and ammonium chloride besides a bleaching agent and the above described compounds. Other examples of compounds which may be incorporated into the present processing bath include various known additives such as inorganic acids, organic acids and salts thereof having a pH buffering capability, e.g., nitrates such as sodium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, etc, boric acid, borax, sodium metaborate, acetic acid, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, phosphorous acid, phosphoric acid, sodium phosphate, citric acid, sodium citrate and tartaric acid.
The processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain as a fixing agent any known compound commonly used in a blixing solution such as thiosulfate (e.g., sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thiosulfate, ammonium sodium thiosulfate and potassium thiosulfate); thiocyanate (e.g., ammonium thiocyanate and potassium thiocyanate); thiourea; and thioether. The added amount of such a fixing agent is preferably 3 mol or less, and particularly preferably 2 mol, per liter of the processing solution having a bleaching capability.
The processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a so-called sulfite ion-releasing compound such as sulfite (e.g., sodium sulfite and ammonium sulfite), bisulfite, and an addition product of an aldehyde and bisulfite (e.g., carbonyl bisulfite).
Furthermore, the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability may contain an organic phosphate compound such as an aminopolycarboxylic acid represented by A-1 to A-24, ethylenediaminetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, 1,3-diaminopropanetetrakismethylenephosphonic acid, nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylenephosphonic acid and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid.
In the present invention, the processing solution having a blixing capability may contain at least one bleaching accelerator selected from compounds having a mercapto group or a disulfide bond, isothiourea derivatives and thiazolidine derivatives. The content of such a bleaching accelerator per liter of the processing solution having a blixing capability is preferably in the range of from 1×10-5 to 1×10-1 mol and particularly preferably from 1×10-4 to 5×10-2 mol.
In the present invention, as such a bleaching accelerator to be incorporated into the processing solution having a blixing capability there may be used any compound having a bleach accelerating effect selected from compounds having a mercapto group or a disulfide bond, thiazolidine derivatives, thiourea derivatives and isothiourea derivatives. Preferred examples of such a bleaching accelerators include compounds represented by formulae as described in Japanese Patent Application No. 313598/86 (pp. 63-77).
These compounds may be normally incorporated into the processing solution in the form of a solution in water, alkali, organic acid, organic solvent, etc. However, these compounds may be directly added to the bleaching bath without affecting its bleach accelerating effect.
In the present invention, such a bleaching accelerator may further be incorporated into the light-sensitive material. In this case, the bleaching accelerator may be incorporated into any emulsion layer selected from blue-sensitive, green-sensitive and red-sensitive emulsion layers, or a gelatin layer such as the top layer, interlayer and bottom layer.
The processing bath of the present invention having a blixing capability may consist of one tank or two or more tanks. Such a group of tanks may be replenished with a processing solution in a multistage countercurrent process. Alternatively, the processing solution may be circulated among these tanks to provide a uniform processing solution. In this case, a replenisher of the processing solution may be replenished to only one of these tanks. In any case, the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be supplied is within the range specified herein.
The processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a bleaching agent which can be used in the processing solution of the present invention having a blixing capability. Similarly, the processing solution of the present invention having a bleaching capability may contain a bleaching accelerator and other all compounds which can be used in the processing solution having a blixing capability. The pH value of the processing solution having a bleaching capability is preferably in the range of 4.0 to 8.0
Another processing bath may be provided between the color developing bath and the processing bath having a blixing capability. Such a processing bath may preferably contain a salt. Examples of such a salt include organic carboxylic acids such as phosphate, carbonate, sulfite, thiosulfate, borate, hydrochloride, sulfate, citrate, and acetate; organic aminocarboxylates such as ethylenediaminetetraacetate; and organic phosphates or sulfonates such as ethylenediaminetetrakisphosphate and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphate. These salts may be preferably incorporated as cations in the form of an alkaline metal salt such as a sodium salt and a potassium salt; an alkaline earth metal salt; an ammonium salt; or a free acid. These salts may be used alone or in combination. The total amount of these salts to be incorporated in the processing solution is preferably in the range of 2×10-3 mol or less, and particularly preferably from 1×10-2 to 2 mol, per liter of the processing solution. The pH value of the processing bath is not specifically limited but is preferably the same as that of the subsequent blixing bath.
The method for processing a silver halide color photographic material containing a compound which releases a bleaching accelerator (i.e., a bleaching accelerator-releasing compound) with a processing solution containing a specific ferric complex salt and having a blixing capability in accordance with the present invention enables an improvement in the solution stability and rapid processing with an excellent blixing capability. It was also found that the deterioration in color restoration of cyan images which becomes a remarkable with increasing processing speed can be eliminated by incorporating at least one cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formulae (l-I) or (l-II) in the light-sensitive material. More surprisingly, such an improvement in color restoration becomes more remarkable when a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt is used as a bleaching agent than when a ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate is used. Such an improvement in color restoration enables a further rapid blixing processing. Furthermore, the combined use of the cyan dye-forming coupler enables an improvement in image stability. ##STR63## wherein R101 and R102 each independently represents an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; R103 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an acylamino group, or nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing ring together with R102 ; A10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group; and n1 represents an integer of 0 or 1. ##STR64## wherein R111 represents --CONR115 R116, --NHCOR115, --NHCOOR117, --NHSO2 R117, --NHCONR115 R116 or --NHSO2 NR115 R116 ; R112 represents a group which can be substituted by a naphthol ring; n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3; R113 represents a monovalent organic group; and X10 represents a hydrogen atom or a group which can be released by a coupling reaction with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent, with the provisos that: (a) R115 and R116 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group, (b) R117 represents an aliphatic group, and aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, (c) when m1 is a plural number, the plurality of R112 may be the same or different or may be connected to each other to form a ring, and (d) R112 and R113 or R113 and X10 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The present cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the fromula (L-I) is further described hereinafter.
R101 and R102 each represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 32 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, a butyl group, a tridecyl group, a cyclohexyl group and an allyl group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group; or a heterocyclic group such as a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-imidazolyl group, a 2-furyl group and a 6-quinolyl group. These groups may be substituted by groups selected from an alkyl group; an aryl group; a heterocyclic group; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and a 2-methoxyethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxy group, a 2-chlorophenoxy group and a 4-cyanophenoxy group; an alkenylosy group such as a 2-propenyloxy group; and acyl group such as an acetyl group and a benzoyl group; an ester group such as a butoxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, an acetoxy group, a benzoyloxy group, a butoxysulfonyl group and a toluenesulfonyloxy group; an amide group such as an acetylamino group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a methanesulfonamide group and a butylsulfamoyl group; a sulfamide group such as a dipropylsulfamoylamino group; an imide group such as a succinimide group and a hydantoinyl group; a ureido group such as phenylureido group and a dimethylureido group; an aliphatic or aromatic sulfonyl group such as a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group; an aliphatic or aromatic thio group such as an ethylthio group and a phenylthio group; a hydroxy group; a cyano group; a carboxy group; a nitro group; a sulfo group; and a halogen atom.
R103 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 1 to 25 carbon atoms, an aryl group having from 1 to 25 carbon atoms, an acylamino group, or nonmetallic atomic groups which form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing ring together with R102. R103 may have substitutable substituents which may be substituted by substituents as described with reference to R101.
The suffix n1 represents an integer of 0 to 1.
In the formula (L-I), Z10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group. Examples of such a coupling-releasable group include a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine and bromine; an alkoxy group such as an ethoxy group, a dodecyloxy group, a methoxyethycarbamoylmethoxy group, a carboxyproploxy group and a methylsulfonylethoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a 4-chlorophenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group and a 4-carboxyphenoxy group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group, a tetradecanoyloxy group and a benzoyloxy group; a sulfonyloxy group such as a methanesulfonyloxy group and a toluenesulfonyloxy group; an amide group such as a dichloroacetylamino group, a heptafluorobutylamino group, a methanesulfonylamino group and a toluenesulfonylamino group; an alkoxycarbonyloxy group such as an ethoxycarbonyloxy group and a benzyloxycarbonyloxy group; an aryloxycarbonyloxy group such as a phenoxycarbonyloxy group; an aliphatic or aromatic thio group such as an ethylthio group, a phenylthio group and a tetrazolythio group; an imide group such as a succinimide group and a hydantoinyl group; and an aromatic azo group such as a phenylazo group. These coupling-releasable groups may contain a photographically useful group.
In the formula (L-I), preferred examples of R101 include an aryl group and a heterocyclic group. The aryl group may be preferably substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acylamino group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfamide group, an oxycarbonyl group or a cyano group.
In the formula (L-I), when R103 and R102 do not form a ring, R102 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or aryl group, particularly preferably a substituted aryloxy-substituted alkyl group. R103 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the formula (L-I), preferred examples of Z10 include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group and a sulfonamide group.
In the formula (L-I), when n1 is 0, Z10 is preferably a halogen atom and particularly preferably fluorine or chlorine.
The cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formula (L-I) is normally incorporated in a silver halide emulsion layer and particularly preferably in a red-sensitive emulsion layer. The amount of such a cyan dyeforming coupler to be added is in the range of from 2×10-3 to 5×10-1 mol/mol-Ag and preferably 1×10-2 to 5×10-1 mol/mol-Ag.
The synthesis of the cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formula (L-I) can be easily accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,772,002, 4,334,011, 4,327,173 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,427,767.
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (L-I) are shown hereinafter, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto. ##STR65##
The substituents contained in the formula (L-II) are further described hereinafter.
R111 has the same meaning as described above. R115, R116 and R117 each represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having from 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
R112 represents a group (or atom) which can substitute for a naphthol ring. Typical examples of such a group or atom include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic group, a cyano group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a carbonamide group, a sulfonamide group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a ureido group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aromatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group, an aromatic thio group, an aliphatic sulfonyl group, an aromatic sulfonyl group, a sulfamoylamino group, a nitro group and an imide group. The group represented by R112 contains 0 to 30 carbon atoms. When m1 is 2, examples of the cyclic group represented by R112 include a dioxymethylene group.
R113 represents a monovalent organic group. Such a monovalent organic group is preferably represented by the following formula (L-III):
R.sub.118 (Y.sub.10).sub.n.sbsb.2 -- (L-III)
wherein Y10 represents >NH, >CO or >SO2 ; n2 represents an integer of 0 or 1; and R118 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a geterocyclic group having from 2 to 30 carbon atoms, --OR119, --COR119, ##STR66## --CO2 R121, --SO2 R121 or --SO2 R121 in which R119, R120 and R121 have the same meaning as R115, R116 and R117, respectively.
In R111 or R118, R115 and R116 in ##STR67## and R119 and R120 in ##STR68## may be connected to each other to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group such as a morpholine ring, a piperidine ring and a pyrrolidine ring.
X10 represents a hydrogen atom or coupling-releasable group (or atom). Typical examples of such a coupling-releasable group include a halogen atom, --OR125, --SR125, ##STR69## an aromatic azo group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms connected to the coupling active position of a coupler through a nitrogen atom such as a succinic imide group, a phthalimide group, a hydantoinyl group, a pyrazolyl group and a 2-benzotriazolyl group. In the above described formulae, R125 represents an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having from 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
The aliphatic groups in the formual (L-II) may be saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, straight chain, branched or cyclic groups. Typical examples of such an aliphatic group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a butyl goup, a cyclohexyl group, an allyl group, a propargyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an n-decyl group, an n-dodecyl group, an n-hexadecyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a heptafluoropropyl group, a dodecyloxypropyl group, a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxypropyl group and a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxybutyl group.
Similarly, the aromatic groups in the formula (L-II) may be substituted or unsubstituted groups. Typical examples of such an aromatic group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a 2-tetradecyloxyphenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 2-chloro-5-dodecyloxycarbonylphenyl group, a 4-hydroxyphenyl group.
Furthermore, the heterocyclic group in the present invention may be a substituted or unsubstituted group. Typical examples of such a heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 2-furyl group, a 4-chienyl group and a quinolinyl group.
Preferred examples of suitable substituents for the formula (L-II) are described hereinafter. R111 is preferably --CONR115 R116. Specific examples of the group represented by --CONR115 R116 include a carbamoyl group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, a morpholinocarbonyl group, a dodecylcarbamoyl group, a hexadecylcarbamoyl group, a decyloxypropyl group, a dodecyloxypropyl group, a 2,4di-tert-=amylphenoxypropyl group and a 2,4-di-tert-amylphenoxybutyl group.
The suffix m1 is most preferably 0. That is, the group represented by the formula (L-II) is not substituted by R112. Alternatively, R112 may be a halogen atom, an aliphatic group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a carbonamide group or a sulfonamide group.
In the formula (L-III), n2 is preferably 0. That is, the group represented by the fromula (L-III) preferably has no Y10. Examples of R118 include --COR119 such as a formyl group, an acetyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a chloroacetyl group, a benzoyl group, a pentafluorobenzoyl group and a p-chlorobenzoyl group; --COOR119 such as a methoxy carbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, a methoxyethoxycarbonyl group and a phenoxycarbonyl group; --SO2 R121 such as a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, a butanesulfonyl group, a hexadecanesulfonyl group, a benzenesulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group and a p-chlorobenzenesulfonyl group; --CONR119 R120 such as an N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, an N,N-diethylcarbamoyl group, an N,N-dibutylcarbamoyl group, a morphorlinocarbonyl group, a piperidinocarbonyl group, a 4-cyanophenylcarbonyl group, a 3,4-dichlorophenylcarbamoyl group and a 4-methanesulfonylphenylcarbamoyl group; and --SO2 NR119 R120 such as an N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, an N,N-diethylsulfamoyl group and an N,N-dipropylsulfamoyl group. Among these groups, --COOR119, --COR119 and --SO2 R121 are more preferred. Most preferred among these groups is --COOR119.
Preferred examples of X10 include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic oxy group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group, a 2-methanesulfonamidoethoxy group, a 2-methanesulfonylethoxy group, a carboxymethoxy group, a 3-carboxypropyloxy group, a 2-carboxymethylthioethoxy group, a 2-methoxyethoxy group and a 2-methoxyethylcarbamoylmethoxy group; an aromatic oxy group such as a phenoxy group, a 4-chlorophenoxy group, a 4-methoxyphenoxy group, a 4-tert-octylphenoxy group and a 4-carboxyphenoxy group; a heterocyclic thio group such as a 5-phenyl-1,2,3,4- tetrazolyl-1-thio group and a 5-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl-1-thio group; and an aromatic azo group such as a 4-dimethylaminophenylazo group, a 4-acetamidophenylazo group, a 1-naphthylazo group, a 2-ethoxycarbonylphenylazo group and a 2-methoxycarbonyl-4,5-dimethoxyphenylazo group.
The couplers represented by the formula (L-II) may be connected to each other at the substituent R111, R112, R113 or X10 through a divalent or polyvalent group to form a dimer, oligomer or higher polymer. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms contained in each substituent may be beyond the specified limit.
If the coupler represented by the formula (L-II) forms a polymer, typical examples of such a polymer include a monopolymer or copolymer of addition polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compounds (cyan dye-forming monomer) containing a cyan dye-forming coupler residual group. Such a polymer contains repeating units represented by the formula (L-IV). One or more cyan dye-forming repeating units represented by the formula (L-IV) may be contained in such a polymer. Such a polymer may be a copolymer containing one or more noncoloring ethylenic monomers as copolymer components. ##STR70## wherein R10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom; A10 represents --CONH--, --COO-- or a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group; B10 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, a phenylene group or an aralkylene group; L10 represents --CONH--, --NHCONH--, --NHCOO--, --NHCO--, --OCONH--, --NH--, --COO--, --OCO--, --CO--, --O--, --SO2 --, --NHSO2 -- or --SO2 NH--; a1, b1 and c1 each represents an integer of 0 to 1; and Q10 represents a cyan coupler residual group obtained by elimination of a hydrogen atom other than that in the hydroxyl group at the 1-position from the compound represented by the formula (L-II).
Preferred examples of such a polymer include a copolymer of a cyan dye-forming monomer providing a coupler unit represented by the formula (L-IV) and a noncoloring ethylenic monomer copolymer as described below.
Examples of a noncoloring ethylenic monomer which does not undergo coupling with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent include acrylic acid; α-chloroacrylic acid; α-alkylacrylic acid such as methacrylic acid; esters or amides derived from these acrylic acids such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, n-butylacrylamide, t-butylacrylamide, diacetonacrylamide, methylacrylate, ethylacrylate, n-propylacrylate, n-butylacrylate, t-butylacrylate, isobutylacrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, n-octylacrylate, laurylacrylate, methylmethacrylate, ethylmethacrylate, n-butylmethacrylate and β-hydroxymethacrylate; vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and vinyl laurate; acrylonitrile; methacrylonitrile; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and derivatives thereof (e.g., vinyltoluene, divinylbenzene, vinylacetophenone and sulfostyrene), itaconic acid, citraconic acid, crotonic acid, vinylidene chloride, vinylalkylether (e.g., vinylethylether), maleic ester, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinylpryidine and 2- and 4-vinylpyridine.
Among these compounds particularly preferred are acrylic ester, methacrylic ester and maleic ester. Two or more of such noncoloring ethylenic monomers may be used in combination. Examples of such a combination include methyl acrylate and butyl acrylate, butyl acrylate and styrene, butyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid and methyl acrylate and diacetonacrylamide.
As is well known in the field of polymer couplers, the ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be copolymerized with the vinyl monomer corresponding to the compound of the formula (L-IV) can be selected such that it gives a favorable effect on physical and/or chemical properties of the copolymer formed, e.bg., solubility, compatibility with binder for photographic colloidal composition such as gelatin, softening point, flexibility and heat stability.
The preparation of the cyan polymer coupler to be used in the present invention can be accomplished by dissolving in an organic solvent a lipophilic polymer coupler obtained by polymerization of vinyl monomers providing a coupler unit of the formula (L-IV), and then emulsion-dispersing the solution in an aqueous solution of gelatin in the form of a latex, or subjecting such a lipophilic polymer coupler to a direct emulsion polymerization.
The emulsion dispersion of such a lipophilic polymer coupler in an aqueous solution of gelatin in the form of a latex may be accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,451,820. The emulsion polymerization of such a lipophilic polymer coupler may be accomplished by any suitable method as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,080,211 and U.S. Pat. No. 3,370,952.
Specific examples of couplers represented by the formula (L-II) are shown hereinafter, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto. In the following formulae, (t)C5 H11 and (t)C8 H17 represent --C(CH3)2 C2 H5 and --C(CH3)2 CH2 C(CH2)3, respectively. ##STR71##
The synthesis of the coupler represented by the formula (L-II) can be accomplished by any suitable method as described in Japanese Patent Application(OPI) Nos. 237448/85, 153640/86, and 145557/86.
The coupler represented by the formula (L-II) may be normally incorporated in a silver halide emulsion layer. The amount of the coupler to be added is preferably in the range of from 3×10-3 to 1 mol/mol-Ag, more preferably from 5×10-3 to 0.5 mpl/mol-Ag, and particularly preferably from 0.01 to 0.25 mol/mol-Ag.
The incorporation of the present coupler and other couplers which can be used in combination therewith in the light-sensitive material can be accomplished by any known dispersion method. Examples of such dispersion methods include a solid dispersion method and an alkali dispersion method. A preferred dispersion method is a latex dispersion method. Typical examples of particularly preferred dispersion methods are an oil-in-water dispersion method. In the oil-in-water dispersion method, the coupler is dissolved in either or a mixture of a high boiling point organic solvent having a boiling point of 175° C. or more and a low boiling point solvent, i.e., auxiliary solvent, and the solution is then finely dispersed in water or an aqueous solvent such as an aqueous solution of gelatin in the presence of a surface active agent. Examples of such a high boiling point organic solvent are described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,322,027. The dispersion may be accompanied by phase inversion. If desired, the auxiliary solvent may be removed or reduced by distillation, noodle rinsing, or ultrafiltration before the coupler is coated on the support.
The color developing solution to be used for the development of the present light-sensitive material is an alkaline aqueous solution comprising an aromatic primary amine color developing agent as a main component. A useful example of such a color developing agent is an aminophenolic compound. Typical examples of such a compound include 3-methyl-4-amino-N,N-diethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N-β-hydroxyethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N-β-methanesulfonamidoethylaniline, 3-methyl-4-amino-N-ethyl-N-β-methoxyethylaniline, and sulfates, hydrochlorides, phosphates, p-toluenesulfonates, tetraphenylborates, and p-(t-octyl)benzenesulfonates thereof. These diamines are more stable in the form of salts than in the free state. Therefore, these diamines are preferably used in the form of salts.
Examples of aminophenolic derivatives which may be used in the present invention include o-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, 4-amino-2-methylphenol, 2-amino-3-methylphenol and 2-oxy-3-amino-1,4-dimethylbenzene.
Other examples of color developing agents which can be used in the present invention include those described in L. F. A. Mason, Photographic Processing Chemistry, Focal Press, pp. 226 to 229, U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,193,015 and 2,592,364, and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 64933/73. If desired, two or more color developing agents may be used in combination.
The color developing solution of the present invention may contain pH buffering agents such as carbonates, borates and phorphates of alkali metals; development inhibitors or antifoggants such as bromide, iodide, benzimidazoles, benzothiazoles and mercapto compounds; preservatives such as hydroxylamine, triethanolamin, compounds as described in West German Patent Application (OLS) No. 2,622,950, sulfite, and bisulfite; organic solvents such as diethylene glycol; development accelerators such as benzyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, quaternary ammonium salts, amines, thiocyanate and 3,6-thiaoctane-1,8-diol; color-forming couplers; competing couplers; nucleating agents such as sodium boron hydride; auxiliary developing agents such as 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone; tackifiers; and chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N-hydroxymethylethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, triethylenetetraminehexaacetic acid, aminopolycarboxylic acid and 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 195845/83, organic phosphonic acid as described in Research Disclosure, RD No. 18170 (May, 1979), aminophosphonic acid (e.g., aminotris(methylenephosphonic acid), and ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenephosphonic acid), and phosphonocarboxylic acid as described in Research Disclosure, RD No. 18170 (May, 1975).
The content of such a color developing agent to be incorporated in the normal color developing solution is in the range of about 0.1 g to about 30 g, and preferably about 1 g to about 15 g, per liter of the color developing solution. The pH of the color developing solution is normally in the range of 7 or more and particularly about 9 to about 13.
The present silver halide color photographic material is normally subjected to washing and/or stabilization after being subjected to desilvering such as fixing or blixing.
The amount of water to be used in the washing process can be widely selected depending on the properties (different with components such as coupler) and use of the light-snesitive material, washing water temperature, number of washing tanks (stages), replenishing system of a replenisher (e.g., countercurrent or cocurrent), an other various conditions. In a multistage countercurrent system, the relationship between the number of washing tanks and the amount of water to be used in the washing process can be determined in accordance with a method as described in Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, Vol. 64, pp. 248 to 253 (May, 1955).
In a multistage countercurrent system as described in the foregoing literature, the amount of water to be used in the washing process can be greatly decreased. However, such a multistage countercurrent system is disadvantageous in that an increase in the time of retention of water in the tanks causes the propagation of bacteria which produce suspended matter that may be attached to the light-sensitive material. In the processing of the present color light-sensitive material, such a problem can be extremely effectively solved by decreasing calcium and magnesium as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 288838/87 (corresponding to European Patent Application No. 248459A). Such a problem can also be solved by the use of isothiazolone compounds and thiabendazole as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 8542/82, chlorine bactericides such as sodium chlorinated isocyanurate, or bactericides such as benzotriazole as described in Hiroshi Horiguchi, Chemistry of Bactericide and Antifugal Agents, Association of Sanitary Engineering, Sterilization of Microorganism, and Sterizilization and Antifugal Engineering, and Japan Sterilization and Antifungal Association, Dictionary of Bactericide and Antifungal Agents.
The pH value of the washing water to be used in the processing of the present light-sensitive material is in the range of 4 and 9 and preferably 5 to 8. The temperature of washing water and the washing time can be freely determined depending on the properties and application of the light-sensitive material. The optimum washing time is normally between 20 seconds and 10 minutes at a temperature of 15° to 45° C., and preferably between 30 seconds and 5 minutes at a temperature of 25° to 50° C.
Furthermore, the present light-sensitive material may be processed directly with a stabilizing solution rather than by wahsing with water. In such a stabilizing process, known methods as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 8543/82, 14834/83, 184343/84, 220345/85, 238832/85, 239784/85, 239749/85, 4054/86 and 118749/86 can all be used. Particularly, a stabilizing bath containing 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one, a bismuth compound, an ammonium compound, etc., may be preferably used in the present invention.
The washing process may be followed by a stabilizing process such as a stabilizing bath containing formalin and a surface active agent used as a final processing bath for color light-sensitive material for photography.
The silver halide color photographic material to be used in the present invention is described hereinafter. The emulsion layer in the light-sensitive material may comprise any silver halide selected from silver bromide, silver bromoiodide, silver chlorobromide, silver bromochloroiodide, silver chloride and silver chloroiodide. Particularly preferred among these silver halides is silver bromoiodide. If silver bromoiodide is used, its content of silver iodide is normally in the range of 40 mol % or less, preferably 20 mol % or less, and particularly 10 mol % or less.
The processing method of the present invention is further advantageous in that the bleaching of the light-sensitive material can be effectively accelerated even if the light-sensitive material contains silver iodide, which easily produces precipitation.
The above described particulate silver halide may have a regular crystal structure such as a cube, an octahedron and a tetradecahedron, an irregular crystal structure such as a sphere, a crystal structure having a crystal defect such as twinning plane, or a composite thereof. Alternatively, a mixture of grains of various crystal structure may be used.
the above described silver halide may be in the form of a monodispersed emulsion having a narrow distribution or a polydispersed emulsion having a wide distribution.
The above described emulsion layer may comprise tabular grains having an aspect ratio of 5 or more.
The crystal structure of the present silver halide grains may be uniform, or such that the halide composition varies between the inner portion and the outer portion thereof, or may be a layer. These emulsion grains are disclosed in British Patent No. 1,027,146, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,505,068, 4,444,877, 4,668,614. Alternatively, silver halides having different compositions may be connected to each other by an epitaxial junction or by any suitable compound other than silver halide such as silver thiocyanate and zinc oxide.
The above described emulsion grains may be those of a surface latent image type in which latent images are formed mainly in the surface portion thereof or those of an internal latent image type in which latent images are formed mainly in the interior thereof. Alternatively, the above described emulsion grains may have the interior thereof chemically sensitized.
A silver halide photographic emulsion which can be used in the present invention can be produced by well known methods, for example, methods as described in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643, vol. 176, pages 22 and 23, "Emulsion Preparation and Types" (Dec., 1978) and Research Disclosure, RD Np. 18716, Vol. 187, page 648 (Nov., 1979).
The preparation of a silver halide photographic emulsion which can be used in the present invention can be accomplished by using various silver halide solvents such as ammonia, potassium thiocyanate, and thioether and thione as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,271,157 and Japanese Patent Application (OPI) Nos. 12360/76, 82408/78, 144319/78, 100717/79 and 155828/79.
A typical monodispersed emulsion is an emulsion of silver halide grains having an average grain diameter of more than about 0.1 μm in which the grain diameter of at least 95% by weight thereof falls within ±40% of the average grain diameter. In the present invention, an emulsion of silver halide grains having an average grain diameter of 0.25 to 2 μm in which the grain diameter of at least 95% by weight or number of grains falls within ±20% of the average grain diameter may be used.
In the process of formation or physical ripening of the silver halide grain, cadmium salts, zinc salts, lead salts, thallium salts, iridium salts or complex salts thereof, rhodium salts or complex salts thereof, or iron salts or complex salts thereof may coexist.
The emulsion to be used to be used in the present invention may be normally subjected to phsyical ripening and then to chemical ripening and spectral ripening before use. Examples of additives to be used in such processes are described in Research Disclosure, RD Nos. 17643 (December, 1978) and 18716 (November, 1979). The places where such a description is found are summarized in the table below.
Examples of known photographic additives which can be used in the present invention are described in these citations. The table shown below also contains the places where such a description is found.
______________________________________
Additives RD 17643 RD 18716
______________________________________
1. Chemical Sensitizers
Page 23 Page 648, right column
2. Sensitivity Increasing
-- Page 648, right column
Agents
3. Spectral Sensitizers
Pages 23-24
Page 648, right column
and Supersensitizers to page 649, right
column
4. Brightening Agents
Page 24 --
5. Antifoggants and
Pages 24-25
Page 649, right column
Stabilizers
6. Light Absorbers,
Pages 25-26
Page 649, right column
Filter Dyes and to page 650, left
Ultraviolet Absorbers column
7. Stain Inhibitors
Page 25, Page 650, left to
right column
right column
8. Dye Image Stabilizers
Page 25 --
9. Hardeners Page 26 Page 651, left column
10. Binders Page 26 Page 651, left column
11. Plasticizers and
Page 27 Page 650, right column
Lubricants
12. Coating Aid and
Pages 26-27
Page 650, right column
Surface Active Agents
13. Antistatic Agents
Page 27 Page 650, right column
______________________________________
As a spectral sensitizer for the present color photographic light-sensitive material there may be used any suitable spectral sensitizer selected from the above described known compounds. Particularly, exemplary compounds represented by the formula (IV) or (V) described in Japanese Patent Application No. 313598/86 (pp. 90-110) may be preferably used in the present processing process.
Various color couplers can be used in the present invention. Specific examples of such color couplers are described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VII-C to G). An important dye-forming coupler is a coupler which provides three primaries of subtractive color processes, i.e., yellow, magenta and cyan upon color development. Specific examples of a nondiffusible 4- or 2-equivalent dye-forming coupler of such a type include those described hereinafter besides those described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VII-C and D).
Typical examples of yellow couplers which may be used in the present invention include known oxygen-releasing type yellow couplers and nitrogen-releasing type yellow couplers, α-Pivaloylacetanilide couplers are excellent in the fastness of color-forming dye, particularly in the fastness to light. On the other hand, α-benzoylacetanilide couplers can provide a high color density.
Examples of magenta couplers which may be used in the present invention include a hydrophobic 5-pyrazolone and pyrazoloazole couplers containing ballast groups. Such 5-pyrazolone couplers preferably contain an arylamino group or an acylamino group as a substituent in the 3-position thereof in view of hue of the color-forming dye or color density.
As cyan couplers which may be used in the present invention, in addition to the cyan dye-forming couplers as described above, hydrophobic nondiffusible naphthonic and phenolic couples may be used. Preferred examples of such cyan couplers include oxygen-releasing type 2-equivalent naphtholic couplers.
A coupler which provides a color-forming dye having a proper diffusibility may be used in combination with the above described couplers to improve the graininess. Specific examples of such couplers include magenta couplers as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,237, and yellow, magenta and cyan couplers as described in European Patent No. 96,570.
The above described dye-forming couplers and special couplers may form a dimer or higher polymer. Typical examples of polymerized dye-forming couplers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,451,820. Specific examples of polymerized magenta couplers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,367,292.
Couplers which release a photographically useful residual group may be preferably used in the present invention. Useful examples of DIR couplers which release a development inhibitor are described in patents cited in Research Disclosure, RD No. 17643 (VIIF).
The present light-sensitive material may comprise a coupler which imagewise releases a nucleating agent or a development accelerator or a precursor thereof upon development. Specific examples of such a coupler are described in British Patent Nos. 2,097,140 and 2,131,188. Other examples of such a coupler which may be used in the present invention include DIR redox compound-releasing couplers as described in Japanese Patent Application (OPI) No. 185950/85, and couplers which release a dye which restores color after coupling release as described in European Patent No. 173,302A.
The incorporation of the present couplers in the light-sensitive material can be accomplished by various known dispersion methods. Examples of high boiling point solvents which can be used in an oil-in-water dispersion method are described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,322,027. Specific examples of the process and effects of the latex dispersion method and latex for such dispersion method are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,199,363 and West German Patent Application (OLS) Nos. 2,541,274 and 2,541,230.
The light-sensitive material to be used in the present invention may contain as a color antifoggants or color stain inhibitors hydroquinone derivatives, aminophenol derivatives, amine derivatives, gallic acid derivatives, catechol derivatives, ascorbic acid derivatives, colorless couplers, sulfonamidophenol derivatives or the like.
The light-sensitive material to be used in the present invention may comprise a known discoloration inhibitor. Typical examples of such a known discoloration inhibitor include hindered phenols such as hydroquinones, 6-hydroxycoumarones, 5-hydroxycoumarans, spirochromans, p-alkoxyphenols, hindered phenols or bisphenols, gallic acid derivatives, methylenedioxybenzenes, aminophenols, hindered amines, and ether or ester derivatives obtained by silylating or alkylating phenolic hydroxyl groups thereof. Furthermore, metal complexes such as (bissalicylaldoximate)nickel complex and (bis-N,N-dialkyldithiocarbamate)nickel complex may be used.
In the present photographic light-sensitive material, the photographic emulsion layer and other layers may be coated on a flexible support such as plastic film commonly used for photographic light-sensitive materials.
The coating of the photographic emulsion layer and other layers onto the support can be accomplished by any suitable method such as a dip coating method, a roller coating method, a curtain coating method and an extrusion coating method.
The present invention can be applied to various color light-sensitive materials, for example, color light-sensitive materials for a color negative film for a motion picture, a color reversal film for a slide or TV, a color paper, a color positive film or a color reversal paper.
The present invention will be further illustrated in the following examples, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
Unless otherwise specified, all ratios, percents, etc., are by weight.
A multilayer color light-sensitive material Specimen 101 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
The coated amount of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by g/m2 in terms of silver. The coated amount of coupler, additive and gelatin are represented by g/m2. The coated amount of sensitizing dye is represented in terms of molar number per mol of silver halide contained in the same layer.
______________________________________
First Layer: Antihalation Layer
Black colloidal silver 0.2
Gelatin 1.3
Coupler ExM-9 0.06
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-1 0.03
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-2 0.06
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-3 0.06
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.15
Dispersing Oil Solv-2 0.15
Dispersing Oil Solv-3 0.05
Second Layer: Interlayer
Gelatin 1.0
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-1 0.03
Coupler ExC-4 0.02
Compound ExF-1 0.004
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.1
Dispersing Oil Solv-2 0.1
Third Layer: Low Sensitivity Red-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
1.2
(AgI content: 4 mol %; uniform AgI type emulsion; diameter
in terms of sphere: 0.5 μm; coefficient of variation in
diameter in terms of sphere: 20%; tabular grain;
diameter/thickness ratio: 3.0)
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.6
(AgI content: 3 mol %; uniform AgI type emulsion; diameter
in terms of sphere: 0.3 μm; coefficient of variation in
diameter in terms of sphere: 15%; spherical grain;
diameter/thickness ratio: 1.0)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye ExS-1 4 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-2 5 × 10.sup.-5
Coupler ExC-1 0.05
Coupler ExC-2 0.50
Coupler ExC-3 0.03
Coupler ExC-4 0.12
Coupler ExC-5 0.01
Fourth Layer: High Sensitivity Red-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.7
(AgI content: 6 mol %; high internal AgI content type
having a core/shell ratio of 1/1; diameter in terms of
sphere: 0.7 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter in
terms of sphere: 15%; tabular grain; diameter/thickness
ratio: 5.0)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye ExS-1 3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-2 2.3 × 10.sup.-5
Coupler ExC-6 0.11
Coupler ExC-7 0.05
Coupler ExC-4 0.05
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.05
Dispersing Oil Solv-3 0.05
Fifth Layer: Interlayer
Gelatin 0.5
Compound Cpd-1 0.1
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.05
Sixth Layer: Low Sensitivity Green-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.35
(AgI content: 4 mol %; high surface AgI content type
having a core/shell ratio of 1/1; diameter in terms of
sphere: 0.5 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter in
terms of sphere: 15%; tabular grain; diameter/thickness
ratio: 4.0)
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.20
(AgI content: 3 mol %; uniform AgI type; diameter in terms
of sphere: 0.3 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter
in terms of sphere: 25%; spherical grain;
diameter/thickness ratio: 1.0)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye ExS-3 5 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-4 3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-5 1 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler ExM-8 0.4
Coupler ExM-9 0.07
Coupler ExM-10 0.02
Coupler ExY-11 0.03
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.3
Dispersing Oil Solv-4 0.05
Seventh Layer: High Sensitivity Green-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.8
(AgI content: 4 mol %; high internal AgI content type
having a core/shell ratio of 1/3; diameter in terms of
sphere: 0.7 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter in
terms of sphere: 20%; tabular grain; diameter/thickness
ratio: 5.0)
Sensitizing Dye ExS-3 5 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-4 3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye ExS-5 1 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler ExM-8 0.1
Coupler ExM-9 0.02
Coupler ExY-11 0.03
Coupler ExC-2 0.03
Coupler ExM-14 0.01
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.2
Dispersing Oil Solv-4 0.01
Eighth Layer: Interlayer
Gelatin 0.5
Compound Cpd-1 0.05
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.02
Ninth Layer: Donor Layer Having a Multilayered Effect on
Red-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.35
(AgI content: 2 mol %; high internal AgI content type
having a core/shell ratio of 2/1; diameter in terms of
sphere: 1.0 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter in
terms of sphere: 15%; tabular grain; diameter/thickness
ratio: 6.0)
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.20
(AgI content: 2 mol %; high internal AgI content type
having a core/shell ratio of 1/1; diameter in terms of
sphere: 0.4 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter in
terms of sphere: 20%; tabular grain; diameter/thickness
ratio: 6.0)
Gelatin 0.5
Sensitizing Dye ExS-3 8 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler ExY-13 0.11
Coupler ExM-12 0.03
Coupler ExM-14 0.10
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.20
Tenth Layer: Yellow Filter Layer
Yellow colloidal silver 0.05
Gelatin 0.5
Compound Cpd-2 0.13
Compound Cpd-1 0.10
Eleventh Layer: Low Sensitivity Blue-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.3
(AgI content: 4.5 mol %; uniform AgI type; diameter in
terms of sphere: 0.7 μm; coefficient of variation in
diameter in terms of sphere: 15%; tabular grain;
diameter/thickness ratio: 7.0)
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.15
(AgI content: 3 mol %; uniform AgI type; diameter in terms
of sphere: 0.3 μm; coefficient of variation in diameter
in terms of sphere: 25%; tabular grain;
diameter/thickness ratio: 7.0)
Gelatin 1.6
Sensitizing Dye ExS-6 2 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler ExC-16 0.05
Coupler ExC-2 0.10
Coupler ExC-3 0.02
Coupler ExY-13 0.07
Coupler ExY-15 0.5
Coupler ExY-17 1.0
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.20
Twelfth Layer: High Sensitivity Blue-Sensitive Emulsion
Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.5
(AgI content: 10 mol %; high internal AgI content type;
diameter in terms of sphere: 1.0 μm; coefficient of
variation in diameter in terms of sphere: 25%; multiple
twinned crystal tabular grain; diameter/thickness ratio:
2.0)
Gelatin 0.5
Sensitizing Dye ExS-6 1 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler ExY-15 0.20
Coupler ExY-13 0.01
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.10
Thirteenth Layer: First Protective Layer
Gelatin 0.8
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-4 0.1
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-5 0.15
Dispersing Oil Solv-1 0.01
Dispersing Oil Solv-2 0.01
Fourteenth Layer: Second Protective Layer
Emulsion of finely divided silver
0.5
bromide (AgI content: 2 mol %; uniform AgI type;
diameter in terms of sphere: 0.07 μm)
Gelatin 0.45
Polymethylmethacrylate particle
0.2
(diameter: 1.5 μm)
Film Hardener H-1 0.4
Compound Cpd-3 0.5
Compound Cpd-4 0.5
______________________________________
Besides the above described components, Emulsion Stabilizer Cpd-3 and Surface Active Agent Cpd-4 were added to each of these layers as coating aids in amounts of 0.04 g/m2 and 0.02 g/m2, respectively. Furthermore, the undermentioned Compounds Cpd-5 and Cpd-6 were added to these layers in amounts of 0.5 g/m2. ##STR72##
Specimens 102 to 105 were then prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 101 except that the respective couplers for the third, fourth, sixth, seventh, eleventh and twelfth layers were replaced by those shown in the following Table 1-1.
TABLE I-1
__________________________________________________________________________
Cyan Coupler Magenta Coupler Yellow Coupler
Specimen
3rd Layer
4th Layer
6th Layer
7th Layer
11th Layer
12th Layer
__________________________________________________________________________
101 ExC-2 ExC-6 ExM-8 ExM-8 ExY-15 ExY-15
102 Compound (3)
Compound (13)
" " " "
103 " " Compound (44)
Compound (44)
" "
104 " " " " Compound (43)
Compound (43)
105 " " Compound (15)
Compound (44)
Compound (42)
Compound (42)
__________________________________________________________________________
The coated amount of silver in these Specimens 101 to 105 were all in the range of 6.05±0.02 g/m2.
Color photographic light-sensitive material Specimens 101 to 105 thus prepared were then exposed to light and processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative supply of the color developing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
__________________________________________________________________________
Processing A
Processing
Replenished Amount
Capacity
Processing
Temperature
of Replenisher
of Tank
Step Time (°C.)
(ml) (ml)
__________________________________________________________________________
Color Development
3 min 15 sec
38 420 700
Bleaching 1 min 00 sec
" 570 700
Blixing 3 min 15 sec
" 850 700
Washing (1)
40 sec 35 Countercurrent
700
from (2) to (1)
Washing (2)
1 min 00 sec
" 850 700
Stabilization
40 sec 38 570 700
Drying 1 min 15 sec
55 -- --
__________________________________________________________________________
The replenished amount of replenisher is represented in terms of the amount replenished per m2 of the light-sensitive material.
The composition of the processing solutions were as follows:
______________________________________
Mother Replen-
Liquor isher
Color Developing Solution:
(g) (g)
______________________________________
Diethylenetriaminepentaacetate
1.0 1.1
1-Hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic
3.0 3.2
acid
Sodium sulfite 4.0 4.8
Potassium carbonate 30.0 30.0
Potassium bromide 1.4 --
Potassium iodide 1.5 mg --
Hydroxylamine sulfate 2.4 3.2
4-[N-Ethyl-N-(β-hydroxyethyl)amino]-
4.5 7.0
2-methylaniline sulfate
Water to make 1.0 l 1.0 l
pH 10.05 10.05
______________________________________
Bleaching Solution (mother liquor was also used as
replenisher)
______________________________________
Ferric ammonium ethylenediaminetetra-
120.0 g
acetate dihydrate (NH.sub.4 [Fe(III)(EDTA)]
(dihydrate))
Disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate
10.0 g
(EDTA · 2Na)
Ammonium bromide 100.0 g
Ammonium nitrate 10.0 g
Ammonia water (27 wt %) 15.0 ml
Water to make 1.0 l
pH 6.3
______________________________________
Blixing Solution (mother liquor was also used as
replenisher)
______________________________________
NH.sub.4 [Fe(III)(EDTA)] (dihydrate)
50.0 g
EDTA · 2Na 5.0 g
Sodium sulfite 12.0 g
Aqueous solution of ammonium thiosulfate
240.0 ml
(70 wt %)
Ammonia water (27 wt %) 6.0 ml
Water to make 1.0 l
pH 7.2
______________________________________
Washing Solution (mother liquor was also used as replenisher):
City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite IR-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite IR-400 manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions were reduced to 3 mg/liter or less. Sodium bichlorinated isocyanurate and sodium sulfate were added to the water in amounts of 20 mg/liter and 1.5 g/liter, respectively.
The pH of the washing solution thus prepared was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
______________________________________
Stabilizing Solution (mother liquor was also used as
replenisher)
______________________________________
Formalin (37 wt %) 2.0 ml
Polyoxyethylene-p-monononylphenylether
0.3 g
(average polymerization degree: 10)
EDTA · 2Na 0.05
Water to make 1.0 l
pH to make 5.0 to 8.0
______________________________________
The above described specimens were then subjected to a continuous processing. The amount of the bleaching solution and blixing solution replenished were changed as shown in Table I-2(Processing A).
Specimen 101 was subjected to a continuous processing in the same manner as in Processing A except that the undermentioned bleaching accelerator was added to the bleaching solution (Processing B). ##STR73##
The added amount of this bleaching accelerator was 5×10-3 mol/liter-the bleaching solution.
Specimen 101 was also subjected to a continuous processing in the same manner as in Processing A except that the undermentioned bleaching accelerator was added to the bleaching solution (Processing C). ##STR74##
The added amount of this bleaching accelerator was 5×10-3 mol/liter-the bleaching solution. At the beginning and the end of each continuous processing, specimens which had been exposed to light of 4,200° K. 20 CMS were processed. These specimens thus processed were measured for the amount of residual silver by a flourescent X-ray analysis method. After the continuous processings, the bleaching solution and the blixing solution were examined for the presence of any precipitate. The results are shown in Table I-2.
Table I-2 shows that the present light-sensitive material specimens can provide images having a small amount of residual silver even if processed with a lesser amount of the processing solution replenished at the desilvering step. The results also show that the present light-sensitive material specimens leave a small amount of precipitate in the processing solution.
Specimens 106 and 107 having different coated amounts of silver from Specimen 104 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 104 except that the coated amount of each layer was changed. These specimens were then subjected to a continuous processing in the same masnner as in Processing A of Example I-1.
In the same manner as in Example I-1, these specimens were examined for the amount of residual silver at the beginning, the middle and the end of the continuous processing. These specimens were also checked for the presence of precipitate in the bleaching solution and the blixing solution after being processed. The results are shown in Table I-3.
TABLE I-2
__________________________________________________________________________
Replenished Amount Turbidity in
at Desilvering Step
Amount of Residual Silver
Bleaching
Bleaching
Blixing
at Continuous Processing
Solution and
Sample
Processing Solution
Solution
Beginning
End Blixing
No. Step Specimen
(ml/m.sup.2)
(ml/m.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
Solution*
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
2-1 A 101 420 570 28.6 24.8 N Comparison
2-2 " " 300 400 28.8 22.4 N "
2-3 " " 210 285 28.3 20.5 N "
2-4 " " 140 190 28.5 19.8 N "
2-5 B " 420 570 1.2 2.4 N "
2-6 " " 300 400 1.5 5.9 N "
2-7 " " 210 285 1.4 7.2 N "
2-8 " " 140 190 1.3 9.4 O "
2-9 C " 420 570 0.8 4.2 N "
2-10
" " 300 400 0.7 6.9 N "
2-11
" " 210 285 1.0 8.5 O "
2-12
" " 140 190 1.1 12.4 O "
2-13
A 102 420 570 1.3 2.0 N Invention
2-14
" " 300 400 1.5 2.2 N "
2-15
" " 210 285 1.4 3.6 N "
2-16
" " 140 190 1.8 4.3 N "
2-17
A 103 420 570 0.1 1.6 N "
2-18
" " 300 400 0.3 1.6 N "
2-19
" " 210 285 0.2 1.5 N "
2-20
" " 140 190 0.3 2.0 N "
2-21
A 104 420 570 0.4 1.8 N "
2-22
" " 300 400 0.2 2.0 N "
2-23
" " 210 285 0.3 1.6 N "
2-24
" " 140 190 0.2 1.4 N "
2-25
A 105 420 570 0.3 1.9 N "
2-26
" " 300 400 0.4 2.1 N "
2-27
" " 210 285 0.2 1.8 N "
2-28
" " 140 190 0.5 2.3 N "
__________________________________________________________________________
*N: No turbidity was observed, O: Turbidity was observed
TABLE I-3
__________________________________________________________________________
Turbidity
in
Specimen
Replenished Amount Bleaching
(coated
at Desilvering Step
Amount of Residual Silver
Solution
amount of
Bleaching
Blixing
at Continuous Processing
and
Sample
Process-
silver)
Solution
Solution
Beginning
Middle
End Blixing
No. ing Step
(g/m.sup.2)
(ml/m.sup.2)
(ml/m.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
Solution*
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
3-1 A 104 (6.04)
420 570 0.4 1.3 1.8 N Invention
3-2 " " 300 400 0.2 1.0 2.0 N "
3-3 " " 210 285 0.3 1.2 1.6 N "
3-4 " " 140 190 0.2 1.4 1.4 N "
3-5 " 106 (10.24)
420 570 0.6 1.5 2.1 N "
3-6 " " 300 400 0.3 1.3 2.3 N "
3-7 " " 210 285 0.5 1.4 2.0 N "
3-8 " " 140 190 0.4 1.7 2.5 N "
3-9 " 107 (3.50)
420 570 0.2 1.0 1.2 N "
3-10
" " 300 400 0.2 1.1 1.3 N "
3-11
" " 210 285 0.1 0.8 1.0 N "
3-12
" " 140 190 0.2 0.9 1.0 N "
__________________________________________________________________________
*N: No turbidity was observed, O: Turbidity was observed
The results thus obtained was similar to those of Example I-1. Table I-3 shows that the light-sensitive material specimens having 3.5 to 10.2 g of silver coated per m2 provide excellent results.
Specimens 101 to 105 prepared in Example I-1 were exposed to light and then processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative amount of the color developing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
______________________________________
Replenished
Processing Amount of
Capacity
Processing Temperature
Replenisher
of Tank
Step Time (°C.)
(ml) (ml)
______________________________________
Color 3 min 15 sec
38 420 700
Develop-
ment
Bleach-
6 min 38 Shown in 700
ing Table I-4
Fixing 3 min 38 Shown in 700
Table I-4
Washing
40 sec 35 Counter- 700
current
from
(2) to (1)
Washing
1 min 35 850 700
(2)
Stabil-
40 sec 35 570 700
izing
Drying 1 min 15 sec
55 -- --
______________________________________
The replenished amount of replenisher is represented by the value per length of the specimen (l1 m).
The compositions of the processing solutions are described hereinafter.
The color developing solution, the bleaching solution, the washing solution and the stabilizing solution were each prepared in the same manner as in Example I-1.
______________________________________
Fixing Solution (mother liquor was also used as
replenisher)
______________________________________
Aqueous solution of ammonium thiosulfate
240 ml
(70 wt %)
Sodium sulfite 12.0 g
EDTA · 2Na 5.0 g
Ammonia Water 2.0 ml
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH 7.50
______________________________________
The results are shown in Table I-4.
TABLE I-4
__________________________________________________________________________
Turbidity
in
Replenished Amount Bleaching
at Desilvering Step
Amount of Residual Silver
Solution
Bleaching
Blixing
at Continuous Processing
and
Sample
Bleaching Solution
Solution
Beginning
Middle
End Blixing
No. Solution
Specimen
(ml/m.sup.2)
(ml/m.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
Solution*
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
4-1 A 101 420 570 40.6 37.4 37.8 N Comparison
4-2 " " 300 400 40.2 36.8 35.4 N "
4-3 " " 210 285 39.4 38.1 39.4 N "
4-4 " " 140 190 39.7 37.5 40.2 N "
4-5 B 101 420 570 2.3 2.8 4.1 N "
4-6 " " 300 400 2.6 3.6 6.0 N "
4-7 " " 210 285 2.4 5.9 8.4 O "
4-8 " " 140 190 2.3 7.8 15.4 O "
4-9 A 102 420 570 2.5 2.8 2.9 N Invention
4-10
" " 300 400 2.6 2.7 3.0 N "
4-11
" " 210 285 2.3 2.9 3.6 N "
4-12
" " 140 190 2.8 3.2 4.5 N "
4-13
A 103 420 570 0.8 2.0 2.5 N Invention
4-14
" " 300 400 0.6 1.9 2.4 N "
4-15
" " 210 285 0.7 1.8 2.4 N "
4-16
" " 140 190 0.8 2.0 2.6 N "
4-17
A 104 420 570 1.2 2.4 2.8 N "
4-18
" " 300 400 1.3 2.3 2.9 N "
4-19
" " 210 285 1.4 2.6 2.9 N "
4-20
" " 140 190 1.3 2.8 3.1 N "
4-21
A 105 420 570 1.5 2.6 2.8 N "
4-22
" " 300 400 1.4 2.6 2.9 N "
4-23
" " 210 285 1.6 2.5 2.8 N "
4-24
" " 140 190 1.4 2.8 3.0 N "
__________________________________________________________________________
*N: No turbidity was observed,
O: Turbidity was observed
The results thus obtained were similar to those of Example I-1.
Specimens 101 to 105 prepared in Example I-1 were exposed to light and then processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner (until the cumulative replenished amount of the processing solution reached three times the volume of the mother liquor tank).
______________________________________
Process- Replenished
ing Tem- Amount of
Capacity
Processing perature Replenisher
of Tank
Step Time (°C.)
(ml) (ml)
______________________________________
Color 3 min 15 sec
38 420 700
Development
Blixing 4 min 30 sec
38 Shown in 700
Table I-5
Washing (1)
40 sec 35 Counter- 700
current
from (2)
to (1)
Washing (2)
1 min 35 850 700
Stabilizing
40 sec 35 570 700
Drying 1 min 15 sec
55 -- --
______________________________________
The replenished amount of replenisher is represented by the amount supplied per unit length of the specimen (1 m).
The composition of the processing solutions is described hereinafter.
All the processing solutions were prepared in the same manner as in Example I-1.
The results are shown in Table I-5.
TABLE I-5
__________________________________________________________________________
Replenished
Amount at
Desilvering
Step Amount of Residual Silver
Turbidity
Blixing
at Continuous Processing
in
Sample
Blixing Solution
Beginning
Middle
End Blixing
No. Solution
Specimen
(ml/m.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
Solution*
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
5-1 A 101 570 58.7 48.4 49.1 N Comparison
5-2 " " 400 56.5 47.2 50.2 N "
5-3 " " 285 57.4 46.6 50.4 N "
5-4 " " 190 58.2 47.4 52.1 N "
5-5 C 101 570 0.8 3.5 10.4 N "
5-6 " " 400 1.0 5.9 15.3 N "
5-7 " " 285 1.3 10.8 20.4 O "
5-8 C " 190 0.9 19.4 37.0 O "
5-9 A 102 570 2.2 2.6 2.8 N Invention
5-10
" " 400 2.1 2.4 2.5 N "
5-11
" " 285 2.3 3.5 3.9 N "
5-12
" " 190 2.5 7.3 10.4 N "
5-13
A 103 570 1.0 1.1 1.6 N Invention
5-14
" " 400 0.8 1.2 1.5 N "
5-15
" " 285 1.1 2.2 3.0 N "
5-16
" " 190 0.7 4.8 6.4 N "
5-17
A 104 570 0.6 1.0 1.0 N "
5-18
" " 400 0.5 0.9 1.0 N "
5-19
" " 285 0.4 2.8 4.6 N "
5-20
" " 190 0.5 5.5 7.2 N "
5-21
A 105 570 0.7 0.8 0.9 N "
5-22
" " 400 0.8 1.0 1.1 N "
5-23
" " 285 0.7 3.0 4.2 N "
5-24
" " 190 0.9 4.9 6.8 N "
__________________________________________________________________________
*N: No turbidity was observed,
O: Turbidity was observed
Table I-5 shows that the results thus obtained were similar to those of Example I-1.
A color photographic light-sensitive material Specimen 201 was prepared by coating the undermentioned first layer to twelfth layer on a paper support having polyethylene laminated on both surfaces thereof. The polyethylene contains titanium white as a white pigment and a slight amount of ultramarine as a bluish dye at the side thereof on which the first layer was coated.
Composition of Light-Sensitive Layer:
The coated amount of each composition is represented by g/m2. The coated amount of silver halide is represented in terms of amount of silver.
__________________________________________________________________________
First Layer:
Gelatin 1.30
Second Layer: Antihalation Layer
Black colloidal silver 0.10
Gelatin 0.70
Third Layer: Low Sensitivity Red-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.15
with red-sensitive sensitizing dyes *1 and *2
(silver iodide content: 5.0 mol %; average grain
size: 0.4 μm)
Gelatin 1.00
Cyan coupler (*3) 0.14
Cyan coupler (*4) 0.07
Discoloration inhibitor (*5, *6 and *7)
0.10
Coupler solvent (*8 and *9) 0.06
Fourth Layer: High Sensitivity Red-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.15
with red-sensitive sensitizing dyes *1 and *2
(silver iodide content: 6.0 mol %; average grain
size: 0.7 μm)
Gelatin 1.00
Cyan coupler (*3) 0.20
Cyan coupler (*4) 0.10
Discoloration inhibitor (*5, *6 and *7)
0.15
Coupler solvent (*8 and *9) 0.10
Fifth Layer: Interlayer
Magenta colloidal silver 0.02
Gelatin 1.00
Color stain inhibitor (*10) 0.08
Color stain inhibitor solvent (*11 and *12)
0.16
Polymer latex (*13) 0.10
Sixth Layer: Low Sensitivity Green-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.10
with green-sensitive sensitizing dye *14
(silver iodide content: 2.5 mol %, grain size:
0.4 μm)
Gelatin 0.80
Magenta coupler (*15) 0.10
Discoloration inhibitor (*16) 0.10
Stain inhibitor (*17) 0.01
Stain inhibitor (*18) 0.001
Coupler solvent (*11 and *19) 0.15
Seventh Layer: High Sensitivity Green-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.10
with green-sensitive sensitizing dye *14
(silver iodide content: 3.5 mol %; grain size:
0.9 μm)
Gelatin 0.80
Magenta coupler (*15) 0.10
Discoloration inhibitor (*16) 0.10
Stain inhibitor (*17) 0.01
Stain inhibitor (*18) 0.001
Coupler solvent (*11 and *19) 0.15
Eigth Layer: Yellow Filter Layer
Yellow colloidal silver 0.20
Gelatin 1.00
Color stain inhibitor (*10) 0.06
Color stain inhibitor solvent (*11 and *12)
0.15
Polymer latex (*13) 0.10
Ninth Layer: Low Sensitivity Blue-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.15
with blue-sensitive sensitizing dye *20
(silver iodide content: 2.5 mol %; grain size:
0.5 μm)
Gelatin 0.50
Yellow coupler (*21) 0.20
Stain inhibitor (*18) 0.001
Coupler solvent (*9) 0.05
Tenth Layer: High Sensitivity Blue-Sensitive Layer
Silver bromoiodide spectrally sensitized
0.25
with blue-sensitive sensitizing dye *20
(silver iodide content: 2.5 mol %; grain size:
1.2 μm)
Gelatin 1.00
Yellow Coupler (*21) 0.40
Stain inhibitor (*18) 0.002
Coupler solvent (*9) 0.10
Eleventh Layer: Ultraviolet Absorbing Layer
Gelatin 1.50
Ultraviolet absorber (*22, *6 and *7)
1.00
Color stain inhibitor (*23) 0.06
Color stain inhibitor solvent (*9)
0.15
Anti-irradiation dye (*24) 0.02
Anti-irradiation dye (*25) 0.02
Twelfth Layer: Protective Layer
Finely divided silver bromochloride
0.07
(silver chloride content: 97 mol %; average
grain size: 0.2 μm)
Gelatin 1.50
Gelatin hardening agent (*26) 0.17
__________________________________________________________________________
*1:
Sodium 5,5'-dichloro-3,3'-di(3-sulfobutyl)-9-
ethylthiacarbocyanine
*2:
Triethylammonium-3-[2-{2-[3-(3-sulfopropyl)naphtho-
(1,2-d)thiazoline-2-indenemethyl]-1-butenyl}-3-
naphtho(1,2-d)thiazolino]propanesulfonate
*3:
2-[α-(2,4-Di-t-anylphenoxy)hexanamido]-4,6-
dichloro-5-ethylphenol
*4:
2-(2-Chlorobenzoylamido)-4-chloro-5-[α-(2-chloro-
4-t-amylphenoxy)octanamido]phenol
*5:
2-(2-Hydroxy-3-sec-5-t-butylphenyl)benzotriazole
*6:
2-(2-Hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)benzotriazole
*7:
2-(2-Hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl)-6-chlorobenzo-
triazole
*8:
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
*9:
Trinonylphosphate
*10:
2,5-Di-t-octylhydroquinone
*11:
Tricresyl phosphate
*12:
Dibutyl phthalate
*13:
Polyethyl acrylate
*14:
Sodium 5,5'-diphenyl-9-ethyl-3,3'-disulfopropyloxa-
carbocyanine
*15:
7-Chloro-6-methyl-2-{1-[2-octyloxy-5-(2-octyloxy)-5-
t-octylbenzenesulfonamido]-2-propyl}-1H-pyrazolo-
[1,5-b][1,2,4]triazole
*16:
3,3,3',3'-Tetramethyl-5,6,5',6'-tetrapropoxy-1,1'-
bisspiroindane
*17:
3-(2-Ethylhexyloxycarbonyloxy)-1-(3-hexadecyloxy-
phenyl)-2-pyrazoline
*18:
2-Methyl-5-t-octylhydroquinone
*19:
Trioctyl phosphate
*20:
Triethylammonium-3-[2-(3-benzylrhodanine-5-
iridene)-3-benzoxazolinyl]propanesulfonate
*21:
α-Pivaloyl-α-[(2,4-dioxo-1-benzyl-5-ethoxy-
hydantoin-3-yl)-2-chloro-5-(α-2,4-di-t-amyl-
phenoxy)butanamido]acetanilide
*22:
5-Chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-3-t-butyl-5-t-octyl)-
phenylbenzotriazole
*23:
2,5-Di-sec-octylhydroquinone
*24:
##STR75##
*25:
##STR76##
*26:
1,2-Bis(vinylsulfonylacetamido)ethane
Specimens 202 to 204 were prepared in the same manner as described
above except that cyan coupler (*3) in the third and fourth layers,
magenta coupler (*15) in the sixth and seventh layers and yellow coupler
(*21) in the ninth and tenth layers were replaced by the compounds shown
in Table I-6.
TABLE I-6
______________________________________
Cyan Coupler Magenta Coupler
Yellow Coupler
3rd Layer, 6th Layer, 9th Layer,
4th Layer 7th Layer 10th Layer
______________________________________
201 Cyan coupler (*3)
Magenta coupler (*15)
Yellow coupler
(*21)
202 Compound (29)
" Yellow coupler
(*21)
203 " Compound (27) Yellow coupler
(*21)
204 Compound (41)
Compound (15) Compound (9)
______________________________________
The coated amounts of silver in Specimens 201 to 204 were all in the range of 1.29±0.01 g per m2 of the specimen.
Specimen 205 was then prepared in the same manner as Specimen 204 except that the coated amount in each layer was 1.5 times that of Specimen 204 (coated amount of silver: 1.93 g/m2).
The silver halide color photographic material Specimens 201 to 205 thus prepared were then exposed to light and processed by means of an automatic developing machine in the following manner until the cumulative replenished amount of the color developing solution reached three times the capacity of the mother liquor tank.
______________________________________
Capacity
of
Mother Replenished
Temper- Liquor Amount of
Time ature Tank Replenisher
Processing Step
(sec) (°C.)
(ml) (ml/m.sup.2)
______________________________________
1st Development
60 38 700 330
1st Washing (1)
30 33 700 --
1st Washing (2)
30 33 700 220
Color Development
90 38 700 330
Bleaching 60 38 700 100
Blixing 60 38 700 100
2nd Washing (1)
20 33 700 --
2nd Washing (2)
20 33 700 --
2nd Washing (3)
20 33 700 330
Drying 45 75 -- --
______________________________________
The first washing step and the third washing step were conducted in a countercurrent system. That is, first washing solution was replenished into the first washing tank (2). The overflow from the first washing tank (2) was introduced into the first washing tank (1). Second washing solution was replenished into the second washing tank (3). The overflow from the second washing tank (3) was introduced into the second washing tank (2). The overflow into the second washing tank (1).
The composition of the processing solutions were as follows:
______________________________________
Mother Replen-
Liquor isher
______________________________________
First Developing Solution:
Pentasodium nitrilo-N,N,N-
1.0 g 1.0 g
trimethylenephosphate
Pentasodium diethylenetriamine-
3.0 g 3.0 g
pentaacetate
Potassium sulfite 30.0 g 30.0 g
Potassium thiocyanate 1.2 g 1.2 g
Potassium carbonate 35.0 g 35.0 g
Potassium hydroquinonemonosulfonate
25.0 g 25.0 g
1-Phenyl-3-pyrazolidone
2.0 g 2.0 g
Potassium bromide 0.5 g --
Potassium iodide 5.0 mg --
Water to make 1,000 ml 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid
9.60 9.70
or potassium hydroxide to
First Washing Solution:
Ethylenediaminetetramethylene-
2.0 g Same as
phosphonic acid mother
liquor
Disodium phosphate 5.0 g Same as
mother
liquor
Water to make 1,000 ml Same as
mother
liquor
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid
7.00 Same as
or potassium hydroxide to mother
liquor
Color Developing Solution:
Benzyl alcohol 15.0 ml 18.0 ml
Diethylene glycol 12.0 ml 14.0 ml
3,6-Dithia-1,8-octanediol
2.00 g 2.50 g
Pentasodium nitrilo-N,N,N-
0.5 g 0.5 g
trimethylenephosphonic acid
Pentasodium diethylenetriamine-
2.0 g 2.0 g
pentaacetate
Sodium sulfite 2.0 g 2.5 g
Hydroxylamine sulfate 3.0 g 3.6 g
N-Ethyl-N-(β -methanesulfonamido-
6.0 g 9.0 g
ethyl)-3-methylaminoaniline
sulfate
Ethylenediamine 10.0 ml 12.0 ml
Fluorescent brightening agent
1.0 g 1.2 g
(diaminostilbene type)
Potassium bromide 0.5 g --
Potassium iodide 1.0 mg --
Water to make 1,000 ml 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid
10.60 11.00
or potassium hydroxide to
Bleaching Solution:
Disodium ethylenediaminetetra-
10.0 g Same as
acetate mother
liquor
NH.sub.4 [EDTA.Fe(III)] (dihydrate)
120 g Same as
mother
liquor
Ammonium bromide 100 g Same as
mother
liquor
Ammonium nitrate 10 g Same as
mother
liquor
Water to make 1,000 ml Same as
mother
liquor
pH adjusted with acetic acid
6.30 Same as
or ammonia water to mother
liquor
Blixing Solution:
EDTA 2Na (dihydrate) 10.0 g Same as
mother
liquor
Sodium sulfite 30 g Same as
mother
liquor
Ammonium thiosulfate (700 g/liter)
300 ml Same as
mother
liquor
Water to make 1,000 ml Same as
mother
liquor
pH adjusted with acetic acid
7.00 Same as
or ammonia water to mother
liquor
______________________________________
Second Washing Solution (mother liquor was also used as replenisher):
City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-120B manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-400 manufacture by Rohm & Haas Co. ) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions were reduced to 3 mg/liter or less. Sodium dichlorinated isocyanurate and sodium sulfate were added to the water in amounts of 20 mg/liter and 1.5 g/liter, respectively. The pH of the solution was in the range of 6.5 to 7.5.
The above described specimens which had been exposed to light of 3,200° K. 100 CMS through an optical wedge were measured for the amount of residual silver at the minimum density portion and maximum density portion of yellow image and observed for the condition of the bleaching solution and the blixing solution at the beginning, middle and end of the continuous processing. Furthermore, these specimens were subjected to various continuous processings with different supply amount of the bleaching solution and the blixing solution. The results are shown in Table I-7.
Table I-7 shows that the present processing method leaves a small amount of residual silver and provides an excellent image having a low minimum density in the same manner as Example I-1. However, Specimen 205 having much silver coated thereon shows an increase in the amount of residual silver.
TABLE I-7
__________________________________________________________________________
Replenished
Amount at
Desilvering
Step
Bleach-
Blix- Amount of
ing ing Minimum Yellow
Residual Silver
Turbidity
Solu-
Solu-
Density (maximum density)
upon End
Sample tion tion Begin- Begin- of
No. Specimen
(ml/m.sup.2)
(ml/m.sup.2)
ning
Middle
End
ning
Middle
End
Running*
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
7-1 201 100 100 0.15
0.17
0.18
0.5 1.5 2.7
N Comparison
7-2 " 80 80 0.15
0.19
0.21
0.5 2.3 4.0
L "
7-3 " 60 60 0.15
0.23
0.25
0.5 8.7 18.2
O "
7-4 " 40 40 0.15
0.26
0.30
0.5 12.7
23.0
O "
7-5 202 100 100 0.12
0.14
0.15
0.3 1.0 1.4
N Invention
7-6 " 80 80 0.12
0.15
0.17
0.3 0.3 1.5
N "
7-7 " 60 60 0.12
0.16
0.18
0.3 2.3 2.8
N "
7-8 " 40 40 0.12
0.17
0.20
0.3 3.1 4.5
N "
7-9 203 100 100 0.13
0.13
0.13
0.3 0.4 0.5
N "
7-10
" 80 80 0.13
0.13
0.15
0.3 0.3 0.5
N "
7-11
" 60 60 0.13
0.14
0.16
0.2 1.1 2.2
N "
7-12
" 40 40 0.13
0.16
0.18
0.3 1.8 3.0
N "
7-13
204 100 100 0.12
0.12
0.12
0.3 0.3 0.3
N Invention
7-14
" 80 80 0.12
0.12
0.12
0.2 0.3 0.4
N "
7-15
" 60 60 0.12
0.12
0.13
0.2 0.6 0.9
N "
7-16
" 40 40 0.12
0.13
0.15
0.2 1.0 0.5
N "
7-17
205 100 100 0.14
0.15
0.16
0.4 1.2 1.8
N "
7-18
" 80 80 0.14
0.16
0.18
0.4 1.8 2.7
N "
7-19
" 60 60 0.15
0.17
0.19
0.4 2.5 3.2
N "
7-20
" 40 40 0.14
0.19
0.23
0.4 4.0 5.3
N "
__________________________________________________________________________
*N: No turbidity was observed
O: Turbidity was observed
L: A little turbidity was observed
A multilayer color photographic light-sensitive material Speciment 301 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
The coated amount of silver halide and colloidal silver are represented by g/m2 in terms of silver. The coated amount of coupler, additive and gelatin are represented by g/m2. The coated amount of sensitizing dye is represented in terms of molar number per mol of silver halide contained in the same layer.
______________________________________
First Layer: Antihalation Layer
Black colloidal silver 0.2
Gelatin 1.3
Coupler C-1 0.06
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-1 0.1
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-2 0.2
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.01
Dispersing Oil Oil-2 0.01
Second Layer: Interlayer
Finely divided silver bromide
0.15
(average grain diameter: 0.07 μm)
Gelatin 1.0
Coupler C-2 0.02
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.1
Third Layer: First Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.4
(silver iodide content: 2 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 2.5; average grain diameter:
0.3 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Gelatin 0.6
Sensitizing Dye I 1.0 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye II 3.0 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye III 1.0 × 10.sup.-5
Coupler C-3 0.06
Coupler C-4 0.06
Coupler C-8 0.04
Coupler C-2 0.03
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.03
Dispersing Oil Oil-3 0.012
Fourth Layer: Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.7
(silver iodide content: 5 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 4.0; average grain diameter:
0.7 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Sensitizing Dye I 1 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye II 3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye III 1 × 10.sup. -5
Coupler C-3 0.24
Coupler C-4 0.24
Coupler C-8 0.04
Coupler C-2 0.04
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.15
Dispersing Oil Oil-3 0.02
Fifth Layer: Third Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
1.0
(silver iodide content: 10 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 1.3; average grain diameter:
0.8 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye I 1 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye II 3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye III 1 × 10.sup.-5
Coupler C-6 0.05
Coupler C-7 0.1
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.01
Dispersing Oil Oil-2 0.05
Sixth Layer: Interlayer
Gelatin 1.0
Compound Cpd-A 0.03
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.05
Seventh Layer: First Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.3
(silver iodide content: 2 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 2.5; average grain diameter:
0.3 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Sensitizing Dye IV 5 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye VI 0.3 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye V 2.0 × 10.sup.-4
Gelatin 1.0
Coupler C-9 0.2
Coupler C-5 0.03
Coupler C-1 0.03
Compound Cpd-C 0.012
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.5
Eighth Layer: Second Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.4
(silver iodide content: 4 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 4.0; average grain diameter:
0.6 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Sensitizing Dye IV 5 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye V 2 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye VI 0.3 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler C-9 0.25
Coupler C-1 0.03
Coupler C-10 0.015
Coupler C-5 0.01
Compound Cpd-C 0.012
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.2
Ninth Layer: Third Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.85
(silver iodide content: 6 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 1.2; average grain diameter:
1.0 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye VII 3.5 × 10.sup.-4
Sensitizing Dye VIII 1.4 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler C-13 0.01
Coupler C-12 0.03
Coupler C-9 0.20
Coupler C-1 0.02
Coupler C-15 0.02
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.20
Dispersing Oil Oil-2 0.05
Tenth Layer: Yellow Filter Layer
Gelatin 1.2
Yellow colloidal silver 0.08
Compound Cpd-B 0.1
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.3
Eleventh Layer: First Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Monodispersed emulsion of silver
0.4
bromoiodide (silver iodide content: 4 mol %;
diameter/thickness ratio: 1.5; average
grain diameter: 0.5 μm; high internal AgI
content type)
Gelatin 1.0
Sensitizing Dye IX 2 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler C-14 0.9
Coupler C-5 0.07
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.2
Twelfth Layer: Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion
0.4
(silver iodide content: 10 mol %; diameter/
thickness ratio: 4.5; average grain diameter:
1.3 μm; high internal AgI content type)
Gelatin 0.6
Sensitizing Dye IX 1 × 10.sup.-4
Coupler C-14 0.25
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.07
Thirteenth Layer: First Protective Layer
Gelatin 0.8
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-1 0.1
Ultraviolet Absorber UV-2 0.2
Dispersing Oil Oil-1 0.01
Dispersing Oil Oil-2 0.01
Fourteenth Layer: Second Protective Layer
Finely divided silver bromide
0.5
(average grain diameter: 0.07 μm)
Gelatin 0.45
Polymethylmethacrylate particle
0.2
(diameter: 1.5 μm)
Film Hardener H-1 0.4
n-Butyl-p-hydroxybenzoate 0.012
Formaldehyde Scavenger S-1
0.5
Formaldehyde Scavenger S-2
0.5
______________________________________
Besides the above described components, a surface active agents was added to each layer as a coating aid.
The chemical structural formula and chemical name of the compounds used in this example are described below. ##STR77##
Specimens 302 to 316 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 301 except that Coupler C-9 in the seventh, eighth and ninth layers was replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-1 and Coupler C-3 and Coupler C-4 in the third, fourth and fifth layers were replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-1. The coated amount of these couplers in these specimens are represented in terms of the weight (g) per m2 of the specimen.
TABLE II-1
__________________________________________________________________________
Coupler for
7th, 8th,
Coated Amount
Coupler for 3rd,
Coated Amount
Specimen
9th Layers
(g/m.sup.2)
4th, 5th Layers
(g/m.sup.2)
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
301 C-9 Described in
C-3, C-4 Described in
Comparison
the specifica- the specifica-
tion tion
302 Compound (5)
Same molecular
Same as above
Same as above
Invention
amount of C-9
for each layer
303 Compound (6)
Same as above
" " "
304 Compound (15)
" " " "
305 Compound (17)
" " " "
306 Compound (20)
" " " "
307 Compound (5)
" Compound (L-I-1),
Same added
"
Compound (L-I-9)
amount as C-3,
"
C-4
308 Compound (6)
" Same as above
Same as above
"
309 Compound (15)
" " " "
310 Compound (17)
" " " "
311 Compound (20)
" " " "
312 Compound (27)
Same molecular
Compound (L-I-9),
Same added
Invention
amount of C-9
Compound (L-I-28)
amound as C-3,
for each layer C-4
313 Same as above
Same as above
Compound (L-I-8),
Same as above
"
Compound (L-I-18)
314 " " Compound (L-I-2),
" "
Compound (L-I-38)
315 " " Compound (L-I-1),
" "
Compound (L-I-7)
316 " " Compound (L-I-5),
" "
Compound (L-I-7)
__________________________________________________________________________
Speciments 301 to 316 thus prepared were processed in the following manner:
______________________________________
Processing (A):
Processing
Temperature
Step Processing Time
(°C.)
______________________________________
Color Development
3 min 15 sec 38
Blixing 3 min 15 sec 38
Washing 1 40 sec 35
Washing 2 40 sec 35
Stabilizing 40 sec 35
______________________________________
In the above described processing steps, the washing steps 1 and 2 were conducted in a countercurrent system in which water flows from the tank 2 to the tank 1. The composition of the processing solutions used in Processing (A) will be described hereinafter.
______________________________________
Mother Replen-
Color Developing Solution:
Liquor isher
______________________________________
Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
1.0 g 1.2 g
1-Hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic
2.0 g 2.2 g
acid
Sodium sulfite 4.0 g 4.4 g
Potassium carbonate 30.0 g 32.0 g
Potassium bromide 1.4 g 0.7 g
Potassium iodide 1.3 mg --
Hydroxylamine 2.4 g 2.6 g
4-(N-Ethyl-N-β-hydroxyethylamino)-
4.5 g 5.0 g
2-methylaniline sulfate
Water to make 1 l 1 l
pH 10.00 10.05
______________________________________
Mother Replen-
Blixing Solution: Liquor isher
______________________________________
Ammonium bromide 50.0 g --
NH.sub.4 [FE(III) (EDTA)]
50.0 g --
EDTA.2Na 5.0 g 1.0 g
Ammonium sulfate 5.0 g --
Sodium sulfite 12.0 g 20.0 g
Aqueous solution of ammonium
240 ml 400 ml
thiosulfate (70 wt %)
Ammonia water 10.0 ml 10.0 ml
Water to make 1 l 1 l
pH 7.3 8.3
______________________________________
Mother Replen-
Stabilizing Solution (washing solution):
Liquor isher
______________________________________
Formalin (37% w/v) 2.0 ml 3.0 ml
Polyoxyethylene-p-monononylphenyl-
0.3 g 0.45 g
ether (average polymerization
degree: 10)
Water to make 1 l 1 l
______________________________________
The specimens were processed with the above described processing solutions and washing solution in the above described processing steps. The results were compared.
Washing Solution:
City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Dialon SK-1B, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and a strongly basic OH type anion exchange resin (Diaion SA-10A, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd.) so that the water having the undermentioned composition was obtained. Sodium dichlorinated isocynanurate was added to the water as a disinfectant in an amount of 20 mg/liter.
______________________________________ Calcium ion 1.1 mg/liter Magnesium ion 0.5 mg/liter pH 6.9 ______________________________________
Processing (B):
Processing (B) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that NH4 [Fe(III) (EDTA)] and EDTA.2Na in the blixing solution were replaced by the equimolecular amounts of NH4 [FE(III)(DTPA)] (ferric ammonium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate) and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid as bleaching agents.
Processing (C):
Processing (C) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.20 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens wre not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes. Thus, the fixation of unexposed silver halide was examined.
Processing (D):
Processing (D) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (B) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.20 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens were not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes.
Processing (E):
Processing (E) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (A) except that 2-mercapto-1,3,4-triazole was added to the blixing solution as a known bleaching accelerator in an amount of 0.40 g/liter.
Processing (F):
Processing (F) was conducted in the same manner as Processing (E) except that ammonium iodide was added to the blixing solution in an amount of 1.2 g/liter, the light-sensitive material specimens were not exposed to light, and the blixing was conducted for 2 minutes.
After being subjected to the above described Processings (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F), the light-sensitive material specimens were examined for the amount of residual silver. The results are shown in Table II-2.
Table II-2 shows many interesting results. For the examination of the blixing capability, the use of the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers provides excellent images with a lesser amount of residual silver both in Processings (A) and (B) as compared to the case where the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers are not used. On the other hand, an unexpected result was obtained in the examination of the fixing capability in Processings (C) and (D). Particularly, if no bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers are used, the blixing solution in worse in the fixing capability when it comprises a ferric diethylenetriaminepentaacetate complex salt (DTPA.Fe) as a bleaching agent than when it comprises a ferric ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA.Fe). It was also found that the fixing capability is further deteriorated when the blixing solution contains a known bleaching accelerator. On the contrary, it was found that the light-sensitive materials comprising the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers give a surprising result. Particularly, the light-sensitive materials comprising the present bleaching accelerator-releasing couplers exhibit a better fixing capability when DPTA.Fe is used than when no DTPA/Fe is used. Furthermore, it was found that the specimens comprising the cyan dye-forming couplers represented by the formulae (L-I) and (L-II) further improve their fixing capability. These results are probably because DTPA.Fe(III) complex salt has a larger molecular weight than EDTA Fe(III) complex salt and therefore tends to interact with gelatin, coupler, etc., in the emulsion layer in the specimens, deteriorating the diffusiblity of the fixing agent (S2 O3 2- salt) in the emulsion layer. It is believed that such interaction can be relaxed by the bleaching accelerator-releasing compound of the present invention.
TABLE II-2
__________________________________________________________________________
(EXAMPLE II-1)
Blixing
Fixing
Blixing Capability
Fixing Capability
Capability
Capability
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
(μg/cm.sup.2)
Sample Processing
Processing
Processing
Processing
No. Specimen
(A)* (B)**
(C)* (D)**
(E)* (F)* Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
2-1 301 41.0 21.5
4.3 10.7
10.4 15.4 Comparison
2-2 302 5.0 3.3 4.2 3.1 4.3 5.2 Invention
2-3 303 6.1 3.2 4.1 3.2 4.8 5.3 "
2-4 304 5.9 3.4 4.3 3.2 4.5 4.8 "
2-5 305 5.8 3.5 4.8 3.0 4.4 4.5 "
2-6 306 5.7 3.6 4.8 3.0 4.5 4.8 "
2-7 307 5.6 3.1 4.0 2.0 4.4 4.9 "
2-8 308 5.7 3.0 4.3 1.8 4.2 4.3 "
2-9 309 5.8 2.9 4.5 1.6 4.5 4.2 "
2-10
310 5.6 3.3 4.6 1.8 4.6 4.1 "
2-11
311 5.7 3.0 4.3 1.7 4.7 4.3 "
2-12
312 5.9 2.8 4.4 1.8 4.7 4.7 "
2-13
313 5.7 3.1 4.7 1.9 4.8 4.5 "
2-14
314 4.9 3.2 4.3 2.0 3.2 4.2 "
2-15
315 5.3 3.2 4.5 1.6 3.9 4.7 Invention
2-16
316 5.2 3.1 4.4 1.6 4.0 4.1 "
__________________________________________________________________________
*Comparison
**Invention
500 ml of each blixing solution to be used in Processings (A) and (B) was put into a 1 liter beaker and allowed to stand open at a temperature of 25° C. The two blixing solutions wre compared for the number of days they produced sulfur particles (sulfurization). The results were as follows.
______________________________________
Processing (A) (EDTA.Fe)
12 days
Processing (B) (DTPA.Fe)
30 days or more
______________________________________
Thus, it was found that the blixing solution comprising a DTPA Fe (Processing (B)) is less susceptible to sulfurization and more excellent in stability than the blixing solution comprising EDTA Fe (Processing (A)).
The specimens prepared in Example II-1 were stored at a temperature of 80° C. and a relative humidity of 70% for 7 days, and then examined for cyan density. On the other hand, the same specimens wre rebleached with a processing solution ("CN-16 N2 ", manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) at a temperature of 38° C. for 10 minutes, and then examined for deterioration in color restoration. The results are shown in Table II-3. Table II-3 shows that the use of the cyan dye-forming couplers represented by the formulae (L-I) and (L-III) gives excellent results in preservation of cyan images and color restoration.
TABLE II-3
__________________________________________________________________________
(EXAMPLE II-3)
Processing (A)
Processing (B)
Cyan Density
Cyan Density
Cyan Density
Cyan Density
Sample Drop due to
Rise due to
Drop due to
Rise due to
No. Specimen
Aging Rebleaching
Aging Rebleaching
Remarks
__________________________________________________________________________
3-1 301 0.33 0.13 0.28 0.08 Comparison
3-2 302 0.35 0.12 0.27 0.08 Invention
3-3 303 0.36 0.12 0.27 0.09 "
3-4 304 0.38 0.14 0.26 0.07 "
3-5 305 0.37 0.13 0.28 0.07 "
3-6 306 0.35 0.13 0.25 0.08 "
3-7 307 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.03 "
3-8 308 0.08 0.08 0.04 0.02 "
3-9 309 0.07 0.07 0.04 0.02 "
3-10
310 0.08 0.07 0.04 0.01 "
3-11
311 0.09 0.08 0.03 0.02 "
3-12
312 0.11 0.09 0.03 0.00 "
3-13
313 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.02 "
3-14
314 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.01 "
3-15
315 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.00 "
3-16
316 0.07 0.08 0.03 0.03 "
__________________________________________________________________________
A multilayer color light-sensitive material specimen 401 was prepared by coating various layers of the undermentioned compositions on an undercoated cellulose triacetate film support.
______________________________________
First Layer: Antihalation Layer
Black colloidal silver 0.25 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-1'
0.1 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-2'
0.1 g/m.sup.2
High Boiling Organic Solvent Oil-1'
0.1 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.9 g/m.sup.2
Second Layer: Interlayer 1
Compound Cpd-D' 10 mg/m.sup.2
High Boiling Point Organic Solvent
40 g/m.sup.2
Oil-3'
Gelatin 0.4 g/m.sup.2
Third Layer: Interlayer 2
Emulsion of surface-fogged
0.05 g/m.sup.2
finely divided silver bromoiodide
(in terms
(average grain diameter: 0.06 μm;
of silver)
AgI content: 1 mol %)
Gelatin 0.4 g/m.sup.2
Fourth Layer: First Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion spectrally
0.4 g/m.sup.2
sensitized with Sensitizing Dyes S-1' and
(in terms
S-2' (mixture having a mixing ratio of
of silver)
1/1 of monodispersed cubic grains having
an average particle diameter of 0.2 μm
and AgI content of 5 mol % and mono-
dispersed cubic grains having an average
grain diameter of 0.1 μm and AgI content
of 5 mol %)
Coupler C-1' 0.2 g/m.sup.2
Coupler C-2' 0.05 g/m.sup.2
High Boiling Point Organic Solvent
0.1 m/m.sup.2
Oil-1'
Gelatin 0.8 g/m.sup.2
Fifth Layer: Second Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion spectrally
0.4 g/m.sup.2
sensitized with Sensitizing Dyes S-1' and
(in terms
S-2' (monodispersed emulsion of cubic
of silver)
grains having an average grain diameter
of 0.3 μm and AgI content of 4 mol %)
Coupler C-1' 0.2 g/m.sup.2
Coupler C-3' 0.2 g/m.sup.2
Coupler C-2' 0.05 g/m.sup.2
High Boiling Point Organic Solvent
0.1 m/m.sup.2
Oil-1'
Gelatin 0.8 g/m.sup.2
Sixth Layer: Third Red-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion spectrally
0.4 g/m.sup.2
sensitized with Sensitizing Dyes S-1' and
(in terms
S-2' (monodispersed emulsion of cubic
of silver)
grains having an average grain diameter
of 0.4 μm and AgI content of 2 mol %)
Coupler C-3' 0.7 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.1 g/m.sup.2
Seventh Layer: Interlayer 3
Dye D-1' 0.02 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.6 g/m.sup.2
Eighth Layer: Interlayer 4
Emulsion of surface-fogged finely
0.05 g/m.sup.2
divided silver bromoiodide (average
(in terms
grain diameter: 0.06 μm; AgI content:
of silver)
1 mol %)
Compound Cpd-A' 0.2 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.0 g/m.sup.2
Ninth Layer: First Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion spectrally
0.5 g/m.sup.2
sensitized with Sensitizing Dyes S-3' and
(in terms
S-4' (mixture having a mixing ratio of 1/1
of silver)
of monodispersed cubic grain having an
average grain diameter of 0.2 μm and AgI
content of 5 mol % and monodispersed cubic
grain having an average grain diameter of
0.1 μm and AgI content of 5 mol %)
Coupler C-4' 0.3 g/m.sup.2
Compound Cpd-B' 0.03 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.5 g/m.sup.2
Tenth Layer: Second Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion containing
0.4 g/m.sup.2
Sensitizing Dyes S-3' and S-4' (mono-
(in terms
dispersed cubic grains having an average
of silver)
grain diameter of 0.4 μm and AgI content
of 5 mol %)
Coupler C-4' 0.3 g/m.sup.2
Compound Cpd-B' 0.03 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.6 g/m.sup.2
Eleventh Layer: Third Green-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion containing
0.5 g/m.sup.2
Sensitizing Dyes S-3' and S-4' (tabular
(in terms
grains having an average grain diameter
of silver)
of 0.5 μm, aspect ratio of 5, and AgI
content of 2 mol %)
Coupler C-4' 0.8 g/m.sup.2
Compound Cpd-B' 0.08 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.0 g/m.sup.2
Twelfth Layer: Interlayer 5
Dye D-2' 0.05 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.6 g/m.sup.2
Thirteenth Layer: Yellow Filter Layer
Yellow colloidal silver 0.1 g/m.sup.2
Compound Cpd-A' 0.01 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.1 g/m.sup.2
Fourteenth Layer: First Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion containing
0.6 g/m.sup.2
Sensitizing Dyes S-5' and S-6' (mixture
(in terms
having a mixing ratio of 1/1 of mono-
of silver)
dispersed cubic grains having an average
grain diameter of 0.2 μm and AgI content
of 3 mol % and monodispersed cubic grains
having an average grain diameter of 0.1 μm
and AgI content of 3 mol %)
Coupler C-5' 0.6 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.8 g/m.sup. 2
Fifteenth Layer: Second Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion containing
0.4 g/m.sup.2
Sensitizing Dyes S-5' and S-6' (tabular
(in terms
grains having an average grain diameter of
of silver)
0.5 μm, aspect ratio of 7, and AgI content
of 2 mol %)
Coupler C-5' 0.3 g/m.sup.2
Coupler C-6' 0.3 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.9 g/m.sup.2
Sixteenth Layer: Third Blue-Sensitive Emulsion Layer
Silver bromoiodide emulsion containing
0.4 g/m.sup.2
Sensitizing Dyes S-5' and S-6' (tabular
(in terms
grains having an average grain diameter of
of silver)
1.0 μm, aspect ratio of 7, and AgI content
of 2 mol %)
Coupler C-6' 0.7 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 1.2 mg/.sup.2
Seventeenth Layer: First Protective Layer
Ultraviolet Absorber U-1'
0.04 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-3'
0.03 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-4'
0.03 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-5'
0.05 g/m.sup.2
Ultraviolet Absorber U-6'
0.05 g/m.sup.2
Compound Cpd-C' 0.8 g/m.sup.2
Dye D-3' 0.05 g/m.sup.2
Gelatin 0.7 g/m.sup.2
Eighteenth Layer: Second Protective Layer
Emulsion of surface-fogged finely
0.1 g/m.sup.2
divided silver bromoiodide (average
(in terms
particle diameter: 0.06 μm; AgI content:
of silver)
1 mol %)
Polymethylmethacrylate particles
0.1 g/m.sup.2
(average grain diameter: 1.5 μm)
Copolymer having a ratio of 4/6 of
0.1 g/m.sup.2
methylmethacrylate and acrylic acid
(average grain diameter: 1.5 μm)
Silicone oil 0.03 g/m.sup.2
Fluorine-containing Surface Active
3 g/m.sup.2
Agent W-1'
Gelatin 0.8 g/m.sup.2
______________________________________
Besides the above described components, Gelatin Hardener H-1' and a surface active agent were added to each layer. ##STR78##
Specimens 402 to 404 were prepared in the same manner as in Specimen 401 except that Coupler C-4' to be contained in the ninth, tenth and eleventh layers of Specimen 401 and Coupler C-5 to be contained in the fourteenth and fifteenth layers of Specimen 401 were replaced by the couplers shown in Table II-4 in equimolecular amounts.
TABLE II-4
______________________________________
Coupler in Coupler in
9th, 10th and
14th and
Specimen
11th Layers 15th Layers Remarks
______________________________________
401 C-4' C-5' Comparison
402 Compound (44)
C-5' Invention
403 C-4' Compound (43)
Invention
404 Compound (44)
Compound (43)
Invention
______________________________________
Specimens 401 to 404 thus prepared were processed in the undermentioned Processing Steps (G), (H), (I) and (J). These specimens had been previously exposed to light of 100 CMS and 4,200° K.
______________________________________
Processing Step (G):
Processing
Processing
Temperature
Step Time (°C.)
______________________________________
First Development
6 min 38
First Washing 45 sec 38
Reversal 45 sec 38
Color Development
6 min 38
Blixing 4 min 38
Second Washing (1)
1 min 38
Second Washing (2)
1 min 38
______________________________________
The composition of the processing solutions used were as follows:
______________________________________
First Developing Solution:
Pentasodium nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylene-
2.0 g
phosphate
Sodium sulfite 30 g
Potassium hydroquinone monosulfonate
20 g
Potassium carbonate 33 g
1-Phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-3-
2.0 g
pyrazolidone
Potassium bromide 2.5 g
Potassium thiocyanate 1.2 g
Potassium iodide 2.0 ml
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid or
9.60
potassium hydroxide to
Mother
First Washing Solution. Liquor
Ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonic
2.0 g
acid
Disodium phosphate 5.0 g
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid or
7.00
potassium hydroxide to
Reversing Solution:
Pentasodium nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylene-
3.0 g
phosphate
Stannous chloride (dihydrate)
1.0 g
p-Aminophenol 0.1 g
Sodium hydroxide 8 g
Glacial acetic acid 15 ml
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid or
6.00
sodium hydroxide to
Color Developing Solution:
Pentasodium nitrilo-N,N,N-trimethylene-
2.0 g
phosphate
Sodium sulfite 7.0 g
Trisodium phosphate (dodecahydrate)
36 g
Potassium bromide 1.0 g
Potassium iodide 90 g
Sodium hydroxide 3.0 g
Citrazinic acid 1.5 g
N-Ethyl-N-(β-methanesulfonamidoethyl)-3-
11 g
methyl-4-aminoaniline sulfate
3,6-Dithiaoctane-1,8-diol 1.0 g
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid or
11.80
potassium hydroxide to
Blixing Solution:
NH.sub.4 [ Fe(III)(EDTA)].2H.sub.2 O
50 g
Disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate
5.0 g
(dihydrate)
Sodium thiosulfate 80 g
Sodium sulfite 12.0 g
Water to make 1,000 ml
pH adjusted with hydrochloric acid or
7.20
ammonia water to
______________________________________
Second Washing Solution:
City water was passed through a mixed bed column filled with a strongly acidic H type cation exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-120B, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) and an OH type anion exchange resin (Amberlite 1R-400, manufactured by Rohm & Haas Co.) so that the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions wre reduced to 3 mg/liter or less. Sodium dichlorinated isocyanurate and sodium sulfate were added to the water thus processed in amounts of 20 mg/liter and 1.5 g/liter, respectively, The washing solution thus prepared had a pH value of 6.5 to 7.5.
Processing Step (H):
Processing Step (H) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium ethylenetriaminepentaacetate.
Processing Step (I):
Processing Step (I) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediamine tetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium cyclohexanediamine tetraacetate.
Processing Step (J):
Processing Step (J) was conducted in the same manner as Processing Step (G) except that ferric ammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (dihydrate) to be incorporated in the blixing solution was replaced by the equimolecular amount of ferric ammonium 1,2-propylenediaminetetraacetate.
Specimens 401 to 404 thus processed were examined for fluorescent X-ray analysis for the amount of residual silver in the light-sensitive material. The results are shown in Table II-5.
TABLE II-5
______________________________________
Amount of Residual Silver
(g/cm)
Sample Processing Step
No. Specimen (G)* (H)** (I)**
(J)** Remarks
______________________________________
5-1 401 20.5 10.3 12.4 11.6 Comparison
5-2 402 5.3 2.4 1.8 1.4 Invention
5-3 403 5.8 2.5 1.3 1.2 Invention
5-4 404 5.7 1.8 1.0 0.8 Invention
______________________________________
*Comparison,
**Invention
Table II-5 shows that Specimen 402 to 404 exhibit excellent results with a small amount of residual silver when processed in Processing Steps (H) to (J) of the present invention.
In accordance with the present invention, a method for the processing of a silver halide color photographic material which provides an excellent blixing capability, particularly fixing capability, and a high stability in the blixing solution can be acomplished.
Furthermore, the present invention enables a very rapid desilvering of a color light-sensitive material. This rapidness can be further effectively attained by the combined use of a cyan dye-forming coupler represented by the formulae (L-I) or (L-II). The present invention also enables an improvement in color restoration and image stability.
While the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments thereof, it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.
Claims (11)
1. A method for processing a silver halide color photographic material comprising a silver bromoiodide emulsion layer having a silver iodide content of 40 mol % or less, which method comprises imagewise exposing a silver halide color-photographic light-sensitive material to light, color developing the light-sensitive material, and then desilvering the light-sensitive material, wherein:
(a) said silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material contains a compound which reacts with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine color developing agent to form a bleaching accelerator,
(b) said desilvering step is conducted with a processing solution containing a ferric complex salt of an organic acid, and
(c) the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in said desilvering step satisfies either the following conditions (i) or (ii);
(i) the total amount of replenisher if from 100 to 1,000 ml per m2 of said light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of said light-sensitive material is from 2.0 g to 20 g;
(ii) the total amount of replenisher is from 50 to 300 ml per m2 of said light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of said light-sensitive material is from 0.3 to less then 2.0 g.
2. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the total amount of replenisher of the processing solution to be used in said desilvering step satisfies either the following conditions (i) or (ii):
(i) the total amount of replenisher is 100 to 700 ml per m2 of said light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of said light-sensitive material is 2.0 g or more;
(ii) the total amount of replenisher is from 50 to 300 ml per m2 of said light-sensitive material if the coated amount of silver per m2 of said light-sensitive material is less than 2.0 g. l
3. A method as claim in claim 1, wherein said desilvering step is conducted with a processing solution having a bleaching capability or a subsequent processing solution having a blixing capability.
4. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein said desilvering step is conducted with a processing solution having a blixing capability.
5. A method as claimed in claim 4, wherein the processing solution having a blixing capability contains a ferric aminopolycarboxylate complex salt having a molecular weight of 300 or more in the form of a free acid.
6. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein said silver halide color photographic material contains at least one cyan dye-forming coupler selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formulae (I-I) and (L-II): ##STR79## wherein R101 and R102 each independently represents an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aryl group, an acylamino group, or nonmatallic atomic groups which form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing ring together with R102 ; Z10 represents a hydrogen atom or a coupling-releasable group; and N1 represents an integer of 0 or 1; ##STR80## wherein R111 represents --CONR115 R116, --NHCOR115, --NHCOOR117, --NHSO2 R117, --NHCONR115 R116 or --NHSO2 NR115 R116 : R112 represents a group which can be substituted by a naphthol ring; m1 represents an integer of 0 to 3; R113 represents a monovalent organic group; and X10 represents a hydrogen atom or a group which can be released by coupling reaction with an oxidation product of an aromatic primary amine developing agent, with the provisos that: (a) R113 and R116 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, (b) R117 represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, (c) when m1 is a plural number, the plurality of R112 may be the same or different or may be connected to each other to form a ring, and (d) R112 and R113 or R113 and X10 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
7. A method as claimed in claim 4, wherein the ferric complex salt is a ferric diethylenetriaminepentaacetate complex salt.
8. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound for releasing the bleaching accelerator is a compound represented by the formula (I):
A.sub.0 --(L.sub.0).sub.p --Z.sub.0 (I)
wherein A0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L0) p --Z0 bond; L0 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z0 ; Z0 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A0 --(L0); and p represents an integer of 0 to 3, with the priviso that when p is a plural number, the plurality of L0 may be the same or different.
9. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound for releasing the bleaching accfelerator is a compound represented by the formult (I'):
A.sub.1 --(L.sub.1).sub.a --(L.sub.2).sub.b --Z.sub.1 (I')
wherein A1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L1)a --(L2)b --Z1 bond; L1 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the (L2)b --Z1 bond; L2 represents a group which undergoes a reaction with a timing group or an oxidation product of a developing agent to cause cleavage of the connection with Z1 ; Z1 represents a group which exhibits the effect of accelerating bleaching upon cleavage of its connection with A1 --(L1)a --(L2)b ; and a and b each represents an integer of 0 to 1.
10. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the silver iodide content of said silver halide emulsion layer is 20 mol % or less.
11. A method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the silver iodide content of said silver halide emulsion layer is 10 mol % or less.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP62-89821 | 1987-04-14 | ||
| JP8982187A JPS63256953A (en) | 1987-04-14 | 1987-04-14 | Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
| JP9543287A JPS63261359A (en) | 1987-04-20 | 1987-04-20 | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
| JP62-95432 | 1987-04-20 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| USH789H true USH789H (en) | 1990-06-05 |
Family
ID=26431229
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US07/180,874 Abandoned USH789H (en) | 1987-04-14 | 1988-04-13 | Method for processing a silver halide photographic material |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | USH789H (en) |
| EP (1) | EP0287073B1 (en) |
| DE (1) | DE3853222T2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5234801A (en) * | 1989-07-24 | 1993-08-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Processing of silver halide color photographic material |
| US5352568A (en) * | 1988-02-15 | 1994-10-04 | Konica Corporation | Processing method and bleaching solution for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive materials |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB0206089D0 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2002-04-24 | Eastman Kodak Co | Colour photographic element containing a heterocyclic dye-forming coupler |
| GB0211049D0 (en) | 2002-05-15 | 2002-06-26 | Eastman Kodak Co | Protection of photographic material |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3828172A (en) | 1973-06-04 | 1974-08-06 | Eastman Kodak Co | Replenishment controller for photographic processors |
| US4434226A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-02-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | High aspect ratio silver bromoiodide emulsions and processes for their preparation |
| EP0193389A2 (en) | 1985-02-28 | 1986-09-03 | EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) | Use of a coupler comprising a coupler moiety having a releasable bleach accelerator moiety |
| US4789626A (en) | 1985-12-13 | 1988-12-06 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for processing silver halide color photographic materials containing sensitizing dyes and two-equivalent magenta polymer couplers |
| GB2165954B (en) | 1984-08-31 | 1989-01-25 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing of silver halide color photographic materials |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6023857A (en) * | 1983-07-20 | 1985-02-06 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing color photosensitive silver halide material |
| DE3580785D1 (en) * | 1984-05-10 | 1991-01-17 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT SENSITIVE SILVER HALOGENIDE MATERIAL. |
| JPS60250344A (en) * | 1984-05-26 | 1985-12-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Color photographic sensitive material |
-
1988
- 1988-04-13 DE DE3853222T patent/DE3853222T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1988-04-13 EP EP88105892A patent/EP0287073B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1988-04-13 US US07/180,874 patent/USH789H/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3828172A (en) | 1973-06-04 | 1974-08-06 | Eastman Kodak Co | Replenishment controller for photographic processors |
| US4434226A (en) | 1981-11-12 | 1984-02-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | High aspect ratio silver bromoiodide emulsions and processes for their preparation |
| GB2165954B (en) | 1984-08-31 | 1989-01-25 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method for processing of silver halide color photographic materials |
| EP0193389A2 (en) | 1985-02-28 | 1986-09-03 | EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) | Use of a coupler comprising a coupler moiety having a releasable bleach accelerator moiety |
| US4789626A (en) | 1985-12-13 | 1988-12-06 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method for processing silver halide color photographic materials containing sensitizing dyes and two-equivalent magenta polymer couplers |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| Bleach Accelerator Releasing Couplers, Research Disclosure Oct. 1973, pp. 66-67. |
| Compounds Capable of Releasing a Development-Influencing Moiety, Research Disclosure Jun. 1984, pp. 286-292. |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5352568A (en) * | 1988-02-15 | 1994-10-04 | Konica Corporation | Processing method and bleaching solution for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive materials |
| US5234801A (en) * | 1989-07-24 | 1993-08-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Processing of silver halide color photographic material |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| EP0287073A3 (en) | 1989-11-29 |
| DE3853222T2 (en) | 1995-06-29 |
| EP0287073A2 (en) | 1988-10-19 |
| EP0287073B1 (en) | 1995-03-08 |
| DE3853222D1 (en) | 1995-04-13 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US4840878A (en) | Method of color image formation using a high chloride emulsion and a developer free of benzyl alcohol | |
| US5122444A (en) | Silver halide color photographic material containing a magenta couplers and color fading preventing agent | |
| JP2542858B2 (en) | Silver halide color-processing method of photographic light-sensitive material | |
| US4865959A (en) | Silver halide color photographic material containing a bleach accelerator releasing compound | |
| EP0176056A2 (en) | Method for processing of color photographic elements | |
| US4783394A (en) | Color image forming process | |
| EP0310125B1 (en) | Silver halide color photographic material | |
| JPH0715571B2 (en) | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
| US5002865A (en) | Silver halide photographic material | |
| JPH012044A (en) | Silver halide color photographic material | |
| USH789H (en) | Method for processing a silver halide photographic material | |
| JPH0799428B2 (en) | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
| USH1248H (en) | Silver halide color photographic materials | |
| US4777123A (en) | Light-sensitive silver halide color photographic material | |
| JPS6224250A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
| JP2645297B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
| US4952488A (en) | Silver halide color photographic material and processing process therefor | |
| JPS62247364A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
| EP0384487B1 (en) | Silver halide color photographic material | |
| JP2553890B2 (en) | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
| JPH0667385A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
| JPH0533773B2 (en) | ||
| US5108886A (en) | Silver halide color photographic material | |
| JPH0833643B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
| JPH0731387B2 (en) | Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.,JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:UEDA, SHINJI;SAKANOUE, KEI;ICHIJIMA, SEIJI;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:004865/0305 Effective date: 19880404 |
|
| STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |